<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473</id><updated>2025-06-24T11:51:58.164-07:00</updated><category term="Control"/><category term="Controllers"/><category term="control loop"/><category term="pid"/><category term="basics"/><category term="proportional"/><category term="componenst"/><category term="loop"/><category term="Safety"/><category term="action"/><category term="behavious"/><category term="non-linear"/><category term="Courses"/><category term="Drives"/><category term="integral"/><category term="linear"/><category term="motors"/><category term="dynamic"/><category term="tuning"/><category term="variability"/><category term="DESIGN"/><category term="Heat Exchanger"/><category term="Scalling"/><category term="unit"/><title type='text'>Instrumentation &amp;amp; Control</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default?redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>30</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-352059365853512219</id><published>2011-03-22T13:40:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:40:57.938-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Heat Exchanger"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="integral"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="tuning"/><title type='text'>Integral (Reset) Windup, Jacketing Logic and the Velocity PI Form</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;article&quot;&gt;         &lt;div class=&quot;body-text&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;editable&quot; id=&quot;body-text&quot;&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A valve cannot open more than all the way. A pump cannot go slower than stopped. Yet an improperly programmed control algorithm can issue such commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Herein lies the problem of integral windup (also referred to as reset windup or integral saturation). It is a problem that has been around for decades and was solved long ago. We discuss why it occurs and how to prevent it to help those who choose to write their own control algorithm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The PI Algorithm&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To increase our comfort level with the idea that different vendors cast the same PI algorithm in different forms, we choose the independent, continuous, position PI form for this discussion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;12.jpg&quot; height=&quot;22&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/12.jpg&quot; width=&quot;223&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output signal (the wire out) &lt;br /&gt;
CObias = controller bias or null value &lt;br /&gt;
e(t) = current controller error, defined as SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
SP = set point &lt;br /&gt;
PV = measured process variable (the wire in) &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = proportional gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
Ki = integral gain, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Kc is the same parameter in both the dependent and independent forms, though it is more typically called controller gain in the dependent form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every procedure and observation we have previously discussed about PI controllers applies to both forms. Both even use the same tuning correlations. To tune Ki, we compute Kc and Ti for the dependent form and then divide (Ki = Kc/Ti).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Integral (Reset) Windup&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Our previous discussion of integral action noted that integration is a continual summing. As shown below, integration of error means that we continually sum controller error up to the present time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;13.jpg&quot; height=&quot;305&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/13.jpg&quot; width=&quot;429&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The integral sum starts accumulating when the controller is first put in automatic and continues to change as long as controller error exists.&lt;br /&gt;
If an error is large enough and/or persists long enough, it is mathematically possible for the integral term to grow very large (either positive or negative):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;14.jpg&quot; height=&quot;56&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/14.jpg&quot; width=&quot;248&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This large integral, when combined with the other terms in the equation, can produce a CO value that causes the final control element (FCE) to saturate. That is, the CO drives the FCE (e.g. valve, pump, compressor) to its physical limit of fully open/on/maximum or fully closed/off/minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if this extreme value is still not sufficient to eliminate the error, the simple mathematics of the controller algorithm, if not jacketed with protective logic, permits the integral term to continue growing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the integral term grows unchecked, the equation above can command the valve, pump or compressor to move to 110%, then 120% and more. Clearly, however, when an an FCE reaches its full 100% value, these last commands have no physical meaning and consequently, no impact on the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Control is Lost&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Once we cross over to a &quot;no physical meaning&quot; computation, the controller has lost the ability to regulate the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the computed CO exceeds the physical capabilities of the FCE because the integral term has reached a large positive or negative value, the controller is suffering from windup. Because windup is associated with the integral term, it is often referred to as integral windup or reset windup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent windup from occurring, modern controllers are protected by either: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Employing extra &quot;jacketing logic&quot; in the software to halt integration when the CO reaches a maximum or minimum value. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Recasting the controller into a discrete velocity form that, by its very formulation, naturally avoids windup. &lt;br /&gt;
Both alternatives offer benefits but possess some fairly subtle drawbacks that we discuss below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Visualizing Windup&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To better visualize the problem of windup and the benefit of anti-windup protection, consider the plot from our heat exchanger process below (click for a large view).&lt;br /&gt;
To the left is the performance of a PI controller with no windup protection. To the right is the performance of the same controller protected by an anti-windup strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
For both controllers, the set point is stepped from 200 °C up to 215 °C and back again. As shown in the lower trace on the plot, the controller moves the CO to 0%, closing the valve completely, yet this is not sufficient to move the PV up to the new set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;15.jpg&quot; height=&quot;284&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/15.jpg&quot; width=&quot;402&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the left in the plot, the impact of windup is a degraded controller performance. When the set point is stepped back to its original value of 200 °C , the windup condition causes a delay in the CO action. This in turn causes a delay in the PV response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the right in the plot, anti-windup protection permits the CO, and thus PV, to respond promptly to the command to return to the original SP value of 200 °C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;More Details on Windup&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The plot below (click for large view) offers more detail. As labeled on the plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) To the left for the Controller with Wind-up case, the SP is stepped up to 215 °C. The valve closes completely but is not able to move the PV all the way to the high set point value. Integration is a summing of controller error, and since error persists, the integration term grows very large. &lt;br /&gt;
The sustained error permits the controller to windup (saturate). While it is not obvious from the plot, the PI algorithm is computing values for CO that ask the valve to be open -5%, -8% and more. The control algorithm is just simple math with no ability to recognize that a valve cannot be open to a negative value. &lt;br /&gt;
Note that the chart shows the CO signal bottoming out at 0% while the controller algorithm is computing negative CO values. This misleading information is one reason why windup can be difficult to diagnose as the root cause of a problem from visual inspection of process data trend plots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When the SP is stepped back to 200 °C, it seems as if the CO does not move at first. In reality, the control algorithm started moving the CO when the SP changed, but the values remain in the physically meaningless range of negative numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
So while the valve remains fully closed at 0%, the integral sum is accumulating controller errors of opposite sign. As time passes, the integral term shrinks or &quot;unwinds&quot; as the running sum of errors balance out. &lt;br /&gt;
3) When the integral sum of errors shrinks enough, it no longer dominates the CO computation. The CO signal returns from the physically meaningless world of negative values. The valve can finally move in response. &lt;br /&gt;
4) To the right in the plot above, the controller is protected from windup. As a result, when the set point is stepped back to 200 °C, the CO immediately reacts with a change that is proportional to the size of the SP change. The PV moves quickly in response to the CO actions as it tracks the SP back to 200 °C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;◊ Solution 1: Jacketing Logic on the Position Algorithm&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The PI controller at the top of this article is called the position form because the computed CO is a specific intermediate value between full on/open/maximum and closed/off/minimum. The continuous PI algorithm is specifying the actual position (e.g., 27% open, 64% of maximum) that the final control element (FCE) should assume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
●  &lt;em&gt;Simple Logic Creates Additional Problems&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
It is not enough to have logic that simply limits or clips the CO if it reaches a maximum (COmax) or minimum (COmin) value because this does nothing to check the growth of the integral sum of errors term.&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
n fact, such simple logic was used in the &quot;control with windup&quot; plots just discussed. The CO seems stuck at 0% and we are unaware that the algorithm is actually computing negative valve positions as described in item 1 above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
●  &lt;em&gt;Anti-Windup Logic Outline&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
When we switch from manual mode to automatic, we assume that we have initialized the controller using a bumpless transfer procedure. That is, at switchover, the integral sum of error is set to zero, the SP is set equal to the current PV, and the controller bias is set equal to the current CO (implying that COmin &amp;lt; CObias &amp;lt; COmax).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, there is nothing to cause CO to immediately change and &quot;bump&quot; our process at switchover.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One approach to creating anti-windup jacketing logic is to artificially manipulate the integral sum of error itself. With our controller properly initialized, the approach is to flip the algorithm around and back-calculate a value for the integral sum of error that will provide a desired controller output value (COdesired), or:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;16.jpg&quot; height=&quot;33&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/16.jpg&quot; width=&quot;290&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that COdesired can be different in different situations. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
▪ We do not want tuning parameter adjustments to cause sudden CO movements that bump our process. So if tuning values have changed, COdesired is the value of CO from the previous loop calculation cycle. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ If the PI controller computes CO values that are above COmax or below COmin, then we must be concerned about windup and COdesired is set equal to the limiting COmax or COmin value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The anti-windup logic followed at every loop sample time, T, is thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) If tuning parameters have changed since the last loop calculation cycle, then COdesired = current CO. Back calculate the integral sum of error so CO remains unchanged from the previous sample time. This prevents sudden CO bumps due to tuning changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Update SP and PV for this loop calculation cycle.&lt;br /&gt;
3) compute: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;17.jpg&quot; height=&quot;22&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/17.jpg&quot; width=&quot;223&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) If CO &amp;gt; COmax or if CO &amp;lt; COmin, then the anti-windup (integral desaturation) logic of step 5 is required. Otherwise, proceed to step 6. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5) If CO &amp;gt; COmax, then CO = COdesired = COmax. if CO &amp;lt; COmin, then CO = COdesired = COmin. Back calculate the integral sum of error using our selected COdesired and save it for use in the next control loop calculation cycle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6) Implement CO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;◊ Solution 2 - Use the Velocity (Discrete) Controller Form&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Rather than computing a CO signal indicating a specific position for our final control element, an alternative is to compute a signal that specifies a change, ∆CO, from current position for the FCE. As explained below, this is called the velocity or discrete controller form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We employ the dependent algorithm for this presentation, but the derivation that follows can be applied in an analogous fashion to the independent PI form. To derive the discrete velocity form, we must first write the continuous, position form of the PI controller to include the independent variable on the controller output, showing it properly as CO(t) to reflect that it changes with time:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;18.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/18.jpg&quot; width=&quot;251&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this controller is identical to all dependent PI forms as presented in other articles. The only difference is we are being more mathematically precise in our expression of CO(t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
●  &lt;em&gt;Deriving the Discrete Velocity Form&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The first step in deriving the discrete form is to take the time derivative of the continuous form. In physics, the time derivative (rate of change) of a position is a velocity. This is why the final form of the PI controller we derive is often called the velocity form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking the derivative of the continuous PI controller above with respect to time yields:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;  &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;19.jpg&quot; height=&quot;30&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/19.jpg&quot; width=&quot;280&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since CObias is a constant and the derivative of a constant is zero, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;20.jpg&quot; height=&quot;30&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/20.jpg&quot; width=&quot;91&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removing this term from the equation results in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;21.jpg&quot; height=&quot;29&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/21.jpg&quot; width=&quot;198&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we assume discrete or finite difference approximations for the continuous derivatives, then the controller becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;22.jpg&quot; height=&quot;29&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/22.jpg&quot; width=&quot;170&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where ei is the current controller error, ei-1 is the controller error at the previous sample time, T, and ∆ei = ei - ei-1.&lt;br /&gt;
Recognizing that loop sample time is T = ∆t, then the PI controller becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;23.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/23.jpg&quot; width=&quot;217&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rearranging, we arrive at the  &lt;strong&gt;discrete velocity form&lt;/strong&gt; of the PI controller:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;24.jpg&quot; height=&quot;33&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/24.jpg&quot; width=&quot;209&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
●  &lt;em&gt;Reason for Anti-Windup Protection&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Discrete velocity algorithms compute a ∆CO that signals the FCE to move a specific distance and direction from its current position. As we can see from the PI controller form above, the computation does not keep track of the current FCE position, nor does it mathematically accumulate any integral sums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a sense, the accumulation of integration is stored in the final control element itself. If a long series of ∆CO moves are all positive, for example, the valve, pump or compressor will move toward its maximum value. And once the FCE reaches its maximum limit, any ∆CO commands to move further will have no impact because, as stated in the first sentences of this article, a valve cannot open more than all the way and a pump cannot go slower than stopped. It is the physical nature of the FCE itself that provides protection from over-accumulation (i.e., windup).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as the CO never reaches COmax or COmin, the continuous position and discrete velocity forms of the PI controller provide identical performance. A properly jacketed continuous position PI controller will also provide windup protection equal to the discrete velocity form. Implicit in these statements is that sample time,T, is reasonably fast and that T and the tuning values (Kc and Ti) are the same when comparing implementations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
●  &lt;em&gt;Concerns with Discrete Velocity PID&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, the usefulness of the discrete velocity form is limited because the method suffers problems when derivative action is included. We find that we must take the derivative of a derivative, yielding a second derivative. A second derivative applied to data that contains even modest noise can produce nonsense results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors implement this form anyway and include a signal filter and additional logic sequences to address the problem. Thus, even with the anti-windup benefits of a discrete velocity algorithm, we find the need to jacket the algorithm with protective logic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/352059365853512219/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/integral-reset-windup-jacketing-logic.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/352059365853512219'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/352059365853512219'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/integral-reset-windup-jacketing-logic.html' title='Integral (Reset) Windup, Jacketing Logic and the Velocity PI Form'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-8310168420689269645</id><published>2011-03-22T13:39:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:39:52.573-07:00</updated><title type='text'>PI Disturbance Rejection in the Jacketed Stirred Reactor</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;PI Disturbance Rejection in the Jacketed Stirred Reactor&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The control objective for the jacketed reactor is to minimize the impact on reactor operation when the temperature of the liquid entering the cooling jacket changes (detailed discussion here). As a base case study, we establish here the performance capabilities of a PI controller in achieving this objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;cstrautosmall.gif&quot; height=&quot;294&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/cstrautosmall.gif&quot; width=&quot;333&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important variables for this study are labeled in the graphic (click for large view): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CO&lt;/strong&gt; = signal to valve that adjusts cooling jacket liquid flow rate (controller output, %) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PV&lt;/strong&gt; = reactor exit stream temperature (measured process variable, oC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;SP&lt;/strong&gt; = desired reactor exit stream temperature (set point, oC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;D&lt;/strong&gt; = temperature of cooling liquid entering the jacket (major disturbance, oC)&lt;br /&gt;
We follow our industry proven recipe to design and tune our PI controller:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: Design Level of Operation (DLO)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The details of expected process operation and how this leads to our DLO are presented in this article and are summarized: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Design PV and SP = 90 oC with approval for brief dynamic (bump) testing of ±2 oC. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Design D = 43 oC with occasional spikes up to 50 oC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: Collect Process Data around the DLO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
When CO, PV and D are steady near the design level of operation, we bump the process as detailed here to generate CO-to-PV cause and effect response data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: Fit a FOPDT Model to the Dynamic Process Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We approximate the dynamic behavior of the process by fitting a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model to the test data from step 2. The results of the modeling study are presented in detail here and are summarized: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Process gain (direction and how far), Kp = - 0.5 oC/% &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Time constant (how fast), Tp = 2.2 min &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Dead time (how much delay), Өp = 0.8 min&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Use the FOPDT Parameters to Complete the Design&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
As in the heat exchanger PI control study, we explore what is often called the dependent, ideal form of the PI control algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;4.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/4.jpg&quot; width=&quot;233&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output signal (the wire out) &lt;br /&gt;
CObias = controller bias or null value; set by bumpless transfer &lt;br /&gt;
e(t) = current controller error, defined as SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
SP = set point &lt;br /&gt;
PV = measured process variable (the wire in) &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
Ti = reset time, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside: our observations using the dependent ideal PI algorithm directly apply to the other popular PI controller forms. For example, the integral gain for the independent algorithm form, written as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;5.jpg&quot; height=&quot;22&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/5.jpg&quot; width=&quot;223&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;can be computed as: Ki = Kc/Ti. The Kc is the same for both forms, though it is more commonly called the proportional gain for the independent algorithm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Sample Time, T&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Best practice is to set the loop sample time, T, at one-tenth the time constant or faster (i.e., T ≤ 0.1Tp). Faster sampling may provide modestly improved performance, while slower sampling can lead to significantly degraded performance.&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, T ≤ 0.1(2.2 min), so T should be 13 seconds or less. We meet this with the sample time option available from most commercial vendors: &lt;br /&gt;
◊ sample time, T = 1 sec&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Control Action (Direct/Reverse)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The jacketed stirred reactor process has a negative Kp. That is, when CO increases, PV decreases in response. Since a controller must provide negative feedback, if the process is reverse acting, the controller must be direct acting. That is, when in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV is too high, the controller must increase the CO to correct the error. Since the controller must move in the same direction as the problem, we specify: &lt;br /&gt;
◊ controller is direct acting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Dead Time Issues&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If dead time is greater than the process time constant (Өp &amp;gt; Tp), control becomes increasingly problematic and a Smith predictor can offer benefit. For this process, the dead time is smaller than the time constant, so: &lt;br /&gt;
◊ dead time is small and not a concern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Computing Controller Error, e(t) &lt;br /&gt;
Set point, SP, is manually entered into a controller. The measured PV comes from the sensor (our wire in). Since SP and PV are known values, then at every loop sample time, T, controller error can be directly computed as: &lt;br /&gt;
◊ error, e(t) = SP - PV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Determining Bias Value, CObias&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
CObias is the value of CO that, in manual mode, causes the PV to steady at the DLO when the major disturbances are quiet and at their normal or expected values. When integral action is enabled, commercial controllers determine the bias value with a bumpless transfer procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
That is, when switching to automatic, the controller initializes the SP to the current value of PV, and CObias to the current value of CO. By choosing our current operation as our design state (at least temporarily at switchover), there is no corrective action needed by the controller that will bump the process. Thus, &lt;br /&gt;
◊ controller bias, CObias = current CO for a bumpless transfer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Controller Gain, Kc, and Reset Time, Ti&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We use our FOPDT model parameters in the industry-proven Internal Model Control (IMC) tuning correlations to compute PI tuning values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in using the IMC correlations is to compute Tc, the closed loop time constant. Tc describes how active our controller should be in responding to a set point change or in rejecting a disturbance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performance implications of choosing Tc have been explored previously for PI control of the heat exchanger and the gravity drained tanks case studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the closed loop time constant, Tc, is computed based on whether we seek: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ aggressive action and can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation in the PV response, &lt;br /&gt;
▪ moderate action where the PV will move reasonably fast but show little overshoot, &lt;br /&gt;
▪ conservative action where the PV will move in the proper direction, but quite slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once this decision is made, we compute Tc with these rules: &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Aggressive Response&lt;/em&gt;: Tc is the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Moderate Response:&lt;/em&gt; Tc is the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Conservative Response:&lt;/em&gt; Tc is the larger of 10·Tp or 80·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Tc computed, the PI controller gain, Kc, and reset time, Ti, are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;6.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/6.jpg&quot; width=&quot;231&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that reset time, Ti, is always equal to the process time constant, Tp, regardless of desired controller activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;a)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Moderate Response Tuning:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For a controller that will move the PV reasonably fast while producing little to no overshoot, choose:&lt;br /&gt;
Moderate Tc = the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 1(2.2 min) or 8(0.8 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 6.4 min&lt;br /&gt;
Using this Tc and our model parameters in the tuning correlations above, we arrive at the moderate tuning values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;7.jpg&quot; height=&quot;40&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/7.jpg&quot; width=&quot;384&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;b)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Aggressive Response Tuning:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For an active or quickly responding controller where we can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation as the PV settles out, specify:&lt;br /&gt;
Aggressive Tc = the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 0.1(2.2 min) or 0.8(0.8 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 0.64 min&lt;br /&gt;
and the aggressive tuning values are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;8.jpg&quot; height=&quot;39&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/8.jpg&quot; width=&quot;391&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practitioner&#39;s Note: The FOPDT model parameters used in the tuning correlations above have engineering units, so the Kc values we compute also have engineering units. In commercial control systems, controller gain (or proportional band) is normally entered as a dimensionless (%/%) value. &lt;br /&gt;
For commercial implementations, we could: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Scale the process data before fitting our FOPDT dynamic model so we directly compute a dimensionless Kc. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert the model Kp to dimensionless %/% after fitting the model but before using the FOPDT parameters in the tuning correlations. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% after using the tuning correlations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CO is already scaled from 0 - 100% in the above example. Thus, we convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% using the formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;9.jpg&quot; height=&quot;33&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/9.jpg&quot; width=&quot;338&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the jacketed stirred reactor, PVmax = 250 oC and PVmin = 0 oC. The dimensionless Kc values are thus computed:&lt;br /&gt;
▪ moderate Kc = (- 0.6 %/ oC)∙[(250 - 0 oC) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = - 1.5 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
▪ aggressive Kc = (- 3.1%/ oC)∙[(250 - 0 oC) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = - 7.8 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use Kc with engineering units in the remainder of this article and are careful that our PI controller is formulated to accept such values. We would be mindful if we were using a commercial control system, however, to ensure our tuning parameters are cast in the form appropriate for our equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Implement and Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability of the PI controller to reject changes in the cooling jacket inlet temperature, D, is pictured below for the moderate and aggressive tuning values computed above. Note that the set point remains constant at 90 oC throughout the study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;10.jpg&quot; height=&quot;349&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/10.jpg&quot; width=&quot;446&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As expected, the aggressive controller shows a more energetic CO action, and thus, a more active PV response.&lt;br /&gt;
While not our design objective, presented below is the set point tracking ability of the PI controller (click for a large view) when the disturbance temperature is held constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;11.jpg&quot; height=&quot;350&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/11.jpg&quot; width=&quot;446&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot shows that set point tracking performance matches the descriptions used above for choosing Tc: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Use aggressive action if we seek a fast response and can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation in the PV response. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Use moderate action if we seek a reasonably fast response but seek little to no overshoot in the PV response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Important =&amp;gt; Ti Always Equals Tp&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
As stated above, the rules provide a constant reset time, Ti, regardless of our desired performance. So if we believe we have collected a good process data set, and the FOPDT model fit looks like a reasonable approximation of this data, then we have a good estimate of the process time constant and Ti = Tp regardless of desired performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we are going to tweak the tuning, Kc should be the only value we adjust. For example, if we seek a performance between moderate and aggressive, we average the Kc values while Ti remains constant.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/8310168420689269645/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-disturbance-rejection-in-jacketed.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8310168420689269645'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8310168420689269645'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-disturbance-rejection-in-jacketed.html' title='PI Disturbance Rejection in the Jacketed Stirred Reactor'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-4104050588335593336</id><published>2011-03-22T13:38:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:38:55.811-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="tuning"/><title type='text'>Interacting Tuning Parameters</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many process control practitioners tune by &quot;intuition,&quot; fiddling their way to final tuning by a combination of experience and trial-and-error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some are quite good at approaching process control as art. Since they are the ones who define &quot;best&quot; performance based on the goals of production, the capabilities of the process, the impact on down stream units, and the desires of management, it can be difficult to challenge any claims of success.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To explore the pitfalls of a trial and error approach and reinforce that there is science to controller tuning, we consider the common dependent, ideal form of the PI controller:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;3.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/3.jpg&quot; width=&quot;233&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output &lt;br /&gt;
e(t) = controller error = set point - process variable = SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
Ti = reset time, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this form, controller activity or aggressiveness increases as Kc increases and as Ti decreases (Ti is in the denominator, so smaller values increase the weighting on the integral action term, thus increasing controller activity).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Kc and Ti individually can make a controller more or less aggressive in its response, the two tuning parameters interact with each other. If current controller performance is not what we desire, it is not always clear which value to raise or lower, or by how much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Example of Interaction Confusion&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To illustrate, consider a case where we seek to balance a fairly rapid response to a set point change (a short rise time) against a small overshoot. While every process application is different, we choose to call the response plot below our desired or base case performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;mapbasecase.jpg&quot; height=&quot;215&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/mapbasecase.jpg&quot; width=&quot;266&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now consider the two response plots below. These were made using the identical process and controller to that above. The only difference between the base case response above and plot A and plot B below is that different Kc and Ti tuning values were used in each one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And now the question: what tuning adjustments are required to restore the desired base case performance above starting from each plot below? Or alternatively: how has the tuning been changed from base case performance to produce these different behaviors?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no tricks in this question. The &quot;process&quot; is a simple linear second order system with modest dead time. Controller output is not hitting any limits. The scales on the plot are identical. Everything is as it seems, except PI controller tuning is different in each case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the plots for a moment before reading ahead and see if you can figure it out. Each plot has a very different answer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;mapchallenge.jpg&quot; height=&quot;389&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/mapchallenge.jpg&quot; width=&quot;266&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Some Hints&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Before we reveal the answer, here is a hint. One plot has been made more active or aggressive in its response by doubling Kc while keeping Ti constant at the original base case value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other cuts Ti in half (remember, decreasing Ti makes this PI form more active) while keeping Kc at the base case value:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we have: &lt;br /&gt;
• Base case = Kc and Ti &lt;br /&gt;
• Plot A or B = 2Kc and Ti &lt;br /&gt;
• Other Plot B or A = Kc and Ti/2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still not sure? Here is a final hint: remember from our previous discussions that proportional action is largely responsible for the first movements in a response. We also discussed that integral action tends to increase the oscillatory or cycling behavior in the PV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not easy to know the answer, even with these huge hints, and that is the point of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The Answer&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Below is a complete tuning map with the base case performance from our challenge problem in the center. The plot shows how performance changes as Kc and Ti are doubled and halved from the base case for the dependent, ideal PI controller form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;maptuningsmall.jpg&quot; height=&quot;379&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/maptuningsmall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;507&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from the center and moving up on the map from the base case performance brings us to plot B. As indicated on the tuning map axis, this direction increases (doubles) controller gain, Kc, thus making the controller more active or aggressive. Moving down on the map from the base case decreases (halves) Kc, making the controller more sluggish in its response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving left on the map from the base case brings us to plot A. As indicated on the tuning map axis, this direction decreases reset time (cuts it in half), again making the controller more active or aggressive. Moving right on the map from the base case increases (doubles) reset time, making the controller more sluggish in its response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear from the tuning map that the controller is more active or aggressive in its response when Kc increases and Ti decreases, and more sluggish or conservative when Kc decreases and Ti increases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building on this observation, it is not surprising that the upper left most plot (2Kc and Ti/2) shows the most active controller response, and the lower right most plot (Kc/2 and 2Ti) is the most conservative or sluggish response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to the question. With what we now know, the answer: &lt;br /&gt;
• Base case = Kc and Ti &lt;br /&gt;
• Plot B = 2Kc and Ti &lt;br /&gt;
• Plot A = Kc and Ti/2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Interacting Parameters Makes Tuning Problematic&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PI controller has only two tuning parameters, yet it produces very similar looking performance plots located in different places on a tuning map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
f our instincts lead us to believe that we are at plot A when we really are at plot B, then the corrective action we make based on this instinct will compound our problem rather than solve it. This is strong evidence that trial and error is not an efficient or appropriate approach to tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we consider a PID controller with three tuning parameters, the number of similar looking plots in what would be a three dimensional tuning map increases dramatically. Trial and error tuning becomes almost futile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have been exploring a step by step tuning recipe approach that produces desired results without the wasted time and off-spec product that results from trial and error tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we follow this industry-proven methodology, we will improve the safety and profitability of our operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Interesting Observation&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving this subject, we make one more very useful observation from the tuning map. This will help build our intuition and may help one day when we are out in the plant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right most plot in the center row (Kc, 2Ti) of the tuning map above is reproduced below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;mapintegral.jpg&quot; height=&quot;190&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/mapintegral.jpg&quot; width=&quot;266&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice how the PV shows a dip or brief oscillation on its way up to the set point? This is a classic indication that the proportional term is reasonable but the integral term is not getting enough weight in the calculation. For the PI form used in this article, that would mean that the reset time, Ti, is too large since it is in the denominator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we cover the right half of the &quot;not enough integral action&quot; plot, the response looks like it is going to settle out with some offset, as would be expected with a P-Only controller. When we consider the plot as a whole, we see that as enough time passes, the response completes. This is because the weak integral action finally accumulates enough weight in the calculation to move the PV up to set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This &quot;oscillates on the way&quot; pattern is a useful marker for diagnosing a lack of sufficient integral action.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/4104050588335593336/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/interacting-tuning-parameters.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4104050588335593336'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4104050588335593336'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/interacting-tuning-parameters.html' title='Interacting Tuning Parameters'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-7822285788623463876</id><published>2011-03-22T13:37:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:37:38.701-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="integral"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;subheader&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;editable&quot; id=&quot;intro-text&quot;&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;PI Disturbance Rejection Of The Gravity Drained Tanks&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When exploring the capabilities of the P-Only controller in rejecting disturbances for the gravity drained tanks process, we confirmed the observations we had made during the the P-Only set point tracking study for the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In particular, the P-Only algorithm is easy to tune and maintain, but whenever the set point or a major disturbance moves the process from the design level of operation, a sustained error between the process variable (PV) and set point (SP), called offset, results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further, we saw in both case studies that as controller gain, Kc, increases (or as proportional band, PB, decreases): &lt;br /&gt;
▪ the activity of the controller output, CO, increases &lt;br /&gt;
▪ the oscillatory nature of the response increases &lt;br /&gt;
▪ the offset (sustained error) decreases&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article, we explore the benefits of integral action and the capabilities of the PI controller for rejecting disturbances in the gravity drained tanks process. We have previously presented the fundamentals behind PI control and its application to set point tracking in the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with all controller implementations, best practice is to follow our proven four-step design and tuning recipe. One benefit of the recipe is that steps 1-3, summarized below from our P-Only study, remain the same regardless of the control algorithm being employed. After summarizing steps 1-3, we complete the PI controller design and tuning in step 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: Determine the Design Level of Operation (DLO)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The control objective is to reject disturbances as we control liquid level in the lower tank. Our design level of operation (DLO), detailed here for this study is: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ design PV and SP = 2.2 m with range of 2.0 to 2.4 m &lt;br /&gt;
▪ design D = 2 L/min with occasional spikes up to 5 L/min&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: Collect Process Data around the DLO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
When CO, PV and D are steady near the design level of operation, we bump the CO as detailed here and force a clear response in the PV that dominates the noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: Fit a FOPDT Model to the Dynamic Process Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We then describe the process behavior by fitting an approximating first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model to the test data from step 2. We define the model parameters and present details of the model fit of step test data here. A model fit of doublet test data using commercial software confirms these values: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ process gain (how far), Kp = 0.09 m/% &lt;br /&gt;
▪ time constant (how fast), Tp = 1.4 min &lt;br /&gt;
▪ dead time (how much delay), Өp = 0.5 min&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Use the FOPDT Parameters to Complete the Design&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Following the heat exchanger PI control study, we explore what is often called the dependent, ideal form of the PI control algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;picontroller3.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/picontroller3.jpg&quot; width=&quot;233&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output signal (the wire out) &lt;br /&gt;
CObias = controller bias or null value; set by bumpless transfer &lt;br /&gt;
e(t) = current controller error, defined as SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
SP = set point &lt;br /&gt;
PV = measured process variable (the wire in) &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
Ti = reset time, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;Aside:&lt;/em&gt; our observations using the dependent ideal PI algorithm directly apply to the other popular PI controller forms. For example, the integral gain, Ki, in the independent algorithm form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;pieqindyellow.jpg&quot; height=&quot;22&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/pieqindyellow.jpg&quot; width=&quot;223&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
can be computed directly from controller gain and reset time as: Ki = Kc/Ti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the P-Only study, we established that for the gravity drained tanks process: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ sample time, T = 1 sec &lt;br /&gt;
▪ the controller is reverse acting &lt;br /&gt;
▪ dead time is small compared to Tp and thus not a concern in the design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Controller Gain, Kc, and Reset Time, Ti&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We use our FOPDT model parameters in the industry-proven Internal Model Control (IMC) tuning correlations to compute PI tuning values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in using the IMC correlations is to compute Tc, the closed loop time constant. All time constants describe the speed or quickness of a response. Tc describes the desired speed or quickness of a controller in responding to a set point change or rejecting a disturbance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we want an active or quickly responding controller and can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation as the PV settles out, we want a small Tc (a short response time) and should choose aggressive tuning: &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Aggressive Response&lt;/em&gt;: Tc is the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we seek a sluggish controller that will move things in the proper direction, but quite slowly, we choose conservative tuning (a big or long Tc). &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Conservative Response:&lt;/em&gt; Tc is the larger of 10·Tp or 80·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moderate tuning is for a controller that will move the PV reasonably fast while producing little to no overshoot. &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;Moderate Response:&lt;/em&gt; Tc is the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Tc computed, the PI controller gain, Kc, and reset time, Ti, are computed as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;pituning2.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/pituning2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;231&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that reset time, Ti, is always equal to the process time constant, Tp, regardless of desired controller activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;a)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Moderate Response Tuning:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For a controller that will move the PV reasonably fast while producing little to no overshoot, choose:&lt;br /&gt;
Moderate Tc = the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 1(1.4 min) or 8(0.5 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 4 min&lt;br /&gt;
Using this Tc and our model parameters in the tuning correlations above, we arrive at the moderate tuning values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;gdtpimoderate.jpg&quot; height=&quot;40&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/gdtpimoderate.jpg&quot; width=&quot;350&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;b)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Aggressive Response Tuning:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For an active or quickly responding controller where we can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation as the PV settles out, specify:&lt;br /&gt;
Aggressive Tc = the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 0.1(1.4 min) or 0.8(0.5 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 0.4 min&lt;br /&gt;
and the aggressive tuning values are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;gdtpiaggressive.jpg&quot; height=&quot;41&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/gdtpiaggressive.jpg&quot; width=&quot;355&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practitioner&#39;s Note: The FOPDT model parameters used in the tuning correlations above have engineering units, so the Kc values we compute also have engineering units. In commercial control systems, controller gain (or proportional band) is normally entered as a dimensionless (%/%) value. &lt;br /&gt;
To address this, we could: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Scale the process data before fitting our FOPDT dynamic model so we directly compute a dimensionless Kc. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert the model Kp to dimensionless %/% after fitting the model but before using the FOPDT parameters in the tuning correlations. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% after using the tuning correlations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we already have Kc in engineering units, we employ the third option. CO is already scaled from 0 - 100% in the above example. Thus, we convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% using the formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;2.jpg&quot; height=&quot;33&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;338&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the gravity drained tanks, PVmax = 10 m and PVmin = 0 m. The dimensionless Kc values are thus computed:&lt;br /&gt;
▪ moderate Kc = (3.5 %/m)∙[(10 - 0 m) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = 0.35 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
▪ aggressive Kc = (17 %/m)∙[(10 - 0 m) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = 1.7 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use the Kc with engineering units in the remainder of this article and are careful that our PI controller is formulated to accept such values. If we were using these results in a commercial control system, we would be careful to ensure our tuning parameters are cast in the form appropriate for our equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Controller Action&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The process gain, Kp, is positive for the gravity drained tanks, indicating that when CO increases, the PV increases in response. This behavior is characteristic of a direct acting process. Given this CO to PV relationship, when in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV starts drifting above set point, the controller must decrease CO to correct the error. Such negative feedback is an essential component of stable controller design. &lt;br /&gt;
A process that is naturally direct acting requires a controller that is reverse acting to remain stable. In spite of the opposite labels (direct acting process and reverse acting controller), the details presented above show that both Kp and Kc are positive values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most commercial controllers, only positive Kc values can be entered. The sign (or action) of the controller is then assigned by specifying that the controller is either reverse acting or direct acting to indicate a positive or negative Kc, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wrong control action is entered, the controller will quickly drive the final control element (FCE) to full on/open or full off/closed and remain there until a proper control action entry is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Implement and Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability of the PI controller to reject changes in the pumped flow disturbance, D, is pictured below for the moderate and aggressive tuning values computed above. Note that the set point remains constant at 2.2 m throughout the study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;gdtpidisturbsmall.jpg&quot; height=&quot;317&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/gdtpidisturbsmall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;407&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aggressive controller shows a more energetic CO action, and thus, a more active PV response. As shown above, however, the penalty for this increased activity is some overshoot and oscillation in the process response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please be aware that the terms &quot;moderate&quot; and &quot;aggressive&quot; hold no magic. If we desire a control performance between the two, we need only average the Kc values from the tuning rules above. Note, however, that these rules provide a constant reset time, Ti, regardless of our desired performance. So if we believe we have collected a good process data set, and the FOPDT model fit looks like a reasonable approximation of this data, then Ti = Tp always.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not our design objective, presented below is the set point tracking ability of the PI controller when the disturbance flow is held constant:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;gdtpisetpointsmall.jpg&quot; height=&quot;319&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/gdtpisetpointsmall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;407&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the aggressive tuning values provide for a more active response.&lt;br /&gt;
Aside: it may appear that the random noise in the PV measurement signal is different in the two plots above, but it is indeed the same. Note that the span of the PV axis in each plot differs by a factor of four. The narrow span of the set point tracking plot greatly magnifies the signal traces, making the noise more visible. &lt;br /&gt;
Comparison With P-Only Control &lt;br /&gt;
The performance of a P-Only controller in addressing the same disturbance rejection and set point tracking challenge is shown here. A comparison of that study with the results presented here reveals that PI controllers: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ can eliminate the offset associated with P-Only control, &lt;br /&gt;
▪ have integral action that increases the tendency for the PV to roll (or oscillate), &lt;br /&gt;
▪ have two tuning parameters that interact, increasing the challenge to correct tuning when performance is not acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative Action &lt;br /&gt;
The addition of the derivative term to complete the PID algorithm provides modest benefit yet significant challenges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the aggressive tuning values provide for a more active response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside: it may appear that the random noise in the PV measurement signal is different in the two plots above, but it is indeed the same. Note that the span of the PV axis in each plot differs by a factor of four. The narrow span of the set point tracking plot greatly magnifies the signal traces, making the noise more visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Comparison With P-Only Control&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The performance of a P-Only controller in addressing the same disturbance rejection and set point tracking challenge is shown here. A comparison of that study with the results presented here reveals that PI controllers: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ can eliminate the offset associated with P-Only control, &lt;br /&gt;
▪ have integral action that increases the tendency for the PV to roll (or oscillate), &lt;br /&gt;
▪ have two tuning parameters that interact, increasing the challenge to correct tuning when performance is not acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Derivative Action&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The addition of the derivative term to complete the PID algorithm provides modest benefit yet significant challenges.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/7822285788623463876/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-disturbance-rejection-of-gravity.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7822285788623463876'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7822285788623463876'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-disturbance-rejection-of-gravity.html' title=''/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-935903040491204918</id><published>2011-03-22T13:36:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:36:30.042-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Heat Exchanger"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="integral"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="tuning"/><title type='text'>PI Control of the Heat Exchanger</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;PI Control of the Heat Exchanger&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;We investigated P-Only control of the heat exchanger process and learned that while P-Only is an algorithm that is easy to tune and maintain, it has a severe limitation. Specifically, its simple form permits steady state error, called offset, in most processes during normal operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then we moved on to integral action and PI control. We focused in that article on the structure of the algorithm and explored the mathematics of how the proportional and integral terms worked together to eliminate offset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we test the capabilities of the PI controller on the heat exchanger process. Our focus is on design, implementation and basic performance issues. Along the way we will highlight some strengths and weaknesses of this popular algorithm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with all controller implementations, best practice is to follow our proven four-step design and tuning recipe as we proceed with this case study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: Design Level of Operation (DLO)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real processes display a nonlinear behavior. That is, their process gain, time constant and/or dead time changes as operating level changes and as major disturbances change. Since controller design and tuning is based on these process Kp, Tp and Өp values, controllers should be designed and tuned for a specific level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the first step in our controller design recipe is to specify our design level of operation (DLO). This includes stating: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Where we expect the set point, SP, and measured process variable, PV, to be during normal operation. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ The range of values the SP and PV might assume so we can explore the nature of the process dynamics across that range. &lt;br /&gt;
We will track along with the same design conditions used in the P-Only control study to permit a direct comparison of performance and capability. As in that study, we specify:&lt;br /&gt;
▪ Design PV and SP = 138 °C with range of 138 to 140 °C&lt;br /&gt;
We also should know normal or typical values for our major disturbances and be reasonably confident that they are quiet so we may proceed with a bump test. The heat exchanger process has only one major disturbance variable, and consistent with the previous study:&lt;br /&gt;
▪ Expected warm liquid flow disturbance = 10 L/min&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: Collect Data at the DLO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The next step in the design recipe is to collect dynamic process data as near as practical to our design level of operation. We have previously collected and documented heat exchanger step test data that matches our design conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: Fit an FOPDT Model to the Design Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Here we document a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) model approximation of the step test data from step 2: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Process gain (how far), Kp = -0.53 °C/% &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Time constant (how fast), Tp = 1.3 min &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Dead time (how much delay), Өp = 0.8 min&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Use the Parameters to Complete the Design&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
One common form of the PI controller computes a controller output (CO) action every loop sample time T as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;picontroller2.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/picontroller2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;233&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output signal (the wire out) &lt;br /&gt;
CObias = controller bias or null value; set by bumpless transfer as explained below &lt;br /&gt;
e(t) = current controller error, defined as SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
SP = set point &lt;br /&gt;
PV = measured process variable (the wire in) &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
Ti = reset time, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Loop Sample Time, T&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Best practice is to specify loop sample time, T, at 10 times per time constant or faster (T ≤ 0.1Tp). For this study, T ≤ 0.13 min = 8 sec. Faster sampling may provide modestly improved performance, while slower sampling can lead to significantly degraded performance. Most commercial controllers offer an option of T = 1.0 sec, and since this meets our design rule, we use that here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Computing controller error, e(t)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Set point, SP, is something we enter into the controller. The PV measurement comes from our sensor (our wire in). With SP and PV known, controller error, e(t) = SP - PV, can be directly computed at every loop sample time T.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Determining Bias Value&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Strictly speaking, CObias is the value of the CO that, in manual mode, causes the PV to steady at the DLO while the major disturbances are quiet and at their normal or expected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Bumpless Transfer&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
A desirable feature of the PI algorithm is that it is able to eliminate the offset that can occur under P-Only control. The integral term of the PI controller provides this capability by providing updated information that, when combined with the controller bias, keeps the process centered as conditions change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since integral action acts to update (or reset) our bias value over time, CObias can be initialized in a straightforward fashion to a value that produces no abrupt control actions when we switch to automatic. Most commercial controllers do this with a simple &quot;bumpless transfer&quot; feature. When switching to automatic, they initialize: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ SP equal to the current PV &lt;br /&gt;
▪ CObias equal to the current CO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the set point equal to the measured process variable, there is no error to drive a change in our controller output. And with the controller bias set to our current controller output, we are prepared by default to maintain current operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will use a controller that employs these bumpless transfer rules when we switch to automatic. Hence, we need not specify any value for CObias as part of our design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Computing Controller Gain and Reset Time&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Here we use the industry-proven Internal Model Control (IMC) tuning correlations. The first step in using the IMC correlations is to compute Tc, the closed loop time constant. All time constants describe the speed or quickness of a response. The closed loop time constant describes the desired speed or quickness of a controller in responding to a set point change or rejecting a disturbance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we want an active or quickly responding controller and can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation as the PV settles out, we want a small Tc (a short response time) and should choose  &lt;em&gt;aggressive&lt;/em&gt; tuning: &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;aggressive&lt;/em&gt;: Tc is the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;Moderate&lt;/em&gt; tuning is for a controller that will move the PV reasonably fast while producing little to no overshoot. &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;moderate&lt;/em&gt;: Tc is the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
If we seek a more sluggish controller that will move things in the proper direction, but quite slowly, we choose  &lt;em&gt;conservative&lt;/em&gt; tuning (a big or long Tc). &lt;br /&gt;
▪  &lt;em&gt;conservative:&lt;/em&gt; Tc is the larger of 10·Tp or 80·Өp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once we have decided on our desired performance and computed the closed loop time constant, Tc, with the above rules, then the PI correlations for controller gain, Kc, and reset time, Ti, are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;pituning.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/pituning.jpg&quot; width=&quot;231&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that reset time, Ti, is always set equal to the time constant of the process, regardless of desired controller activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;a)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Moderate Response Tuning&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;br /&gt;
For a controller that will move the PV reasonably fast while producing little to no overshoot, choose:&lt;br /&gt;
Moderate Tc = the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 1(1.3 min) or 8(0.8 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 6.4 min&lt;br /&gt;
Using this Tc and our model parameters in the tuning correlations above, we arrive at the moderate tuning values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;hemoderatepi.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/hemoderatepi.jpg&quot; width=&quot;395&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;b)&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Aggressive Response Tuning&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an active or quickly responding controller where we can tolerate some overshoot and oscillation as the PV settles out, specify&lt;br /&gt;
Aggressive Tc = the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp &lt;br /&gt;
= larger of 0.1(1.3 min) or 0.8(0.8 min) &lt;br /&gt;
= 0.64 min&lt;br /&gt;
and the aggressive tuning values are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;heaggressivepi.jpg&quot; height=&quot;35&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/heaggressivepi.jpg&quot; width=&quot;394&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practitioner&#39;s Note: The FOPDT model parameters used in the tuning correlations above have engineering units, so the Kc values we compute also have engineering units. In commercial control systems, controller gain (or proportional band) is normally entered as a dimensionless (%/%) value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For commercial implementations, we could: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Scale the process data before fitting our FOPDT dynamic model so we directly compute a dimensionless Kc. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert the model Kp to dimensionless %/% after fitting the model but before using the FOPDT parameters in the tuning correlations. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ Convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% after using the tuning correlations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CO is already scaled from 0 - 100% in the above example. Thus, we convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless %/% using the formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;1.jpg&quot; height=&quot;33&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/1.jpg&quot; width=&quot;338&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the heat exchanger, PVmax = 250 oC and PVmin = 0 oC. The dimensionless Kc values are thus computed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
▪ moderate Kc = (- 0.34 %/ oC)∙[(250 - 0 oC) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = - 0.85 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
▪ aggressive Kc = (- 1.7%/ oC)∙[(250 - 0 oC) ÷ (100 - 0%)] = - 4.2 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use Kc with engineering units in the remainder of this article and are careful that our PI controller is formulated to accept such values. We would be mindful if we were using a commercial control system, however, to ensure our tuning parameters are cast in the form appropriate for our equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•  &lt;em&gt;Controller Action&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The process gain, Kp, is negative for the heat exchanger, indicating that when CO increases, the PV decreases in response. This behavior is characteristic of a reverse acting process. Given this CO to PV relationship, when in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV starts drifting above set point, the controller must increase CO to correct the error. Such negative feedback is an essential component of stable controller design. &lt;br /&gt;
A process that is naturally reverse acting requires a controller that is direct acting to remain stable. In spite of the opposite labels (reverse acting process and direct acting controller), the details presented above show that both Kp and Kc are negative values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most commercial controllers, only positive Kc values can be entered. The sign (or action) of the controller is then assigned by specifying that the controller is either reverse acting or direct acting to indicate a positive or negative Kc, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wrong control action is entered, the controller will quickly drive the final control element (FCE) to full on/open or full off/closed and remain there until a proper control action entry is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Implement and Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below we test our two PI controllers on the heat exchanger process simulation. Shown are two set points step pairs from 138 °C up to 140 °C and back again.&lt;br /&gt;
The first set point steps to the left show the PI controller performance using the moderate tuning values computed above. The second set point steps to the right show the controller performance using the aggressive tuning values. Note that the warm liquid disturbance flow, though not shown, remains constant at 10 L/min throughout the study.&lt;br /&gt;
(For comparison, the performance of the P-Only controller in tracking these set point changes is pictured here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;hepicontrol2small.jpg&quot; height=&quot;291&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/hepicontrol2small.jpg&quot; width=&quot;437&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The asymmetrical behavior of the PV for the set point steps up compared to the steps down is due to the very nonlinear character of the heat exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we seek tuning between moderate and aggressive performance, we would average the Kc values from the tuning rules above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if we believe we had collected good bump test data (we saw a clear response in the PV when we stepped the CO and the major disturbances were quiet during the test), and the FOPDT model fit appears to be visually descriptive of the data, then we have a good value for Tp and that means a good value for Ti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we are going to fiddle with the tuning, we can tweak Kc and we should leave the reset time alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Tuning Recipe Saves Time and Money&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The exciting result is that we achieved our desired controller performance based on one bump test and following a controller design recipe. No trial and error was involved. Little off-spec product was produced. No time was wasted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon we will see how software tools help us achieve such results with even less disruption to the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of approximating complex behavior with a FOPDT model and then following a recipe for controller design and tuning has been used successfully on a broad spectrum of processes with streams composed of gases, liquids, powders, slurries and melts. It is a reliable approach that has been proven time and again at diverse plants from a wide range of companies.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/935903040491204918/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-control-of-heat-exchanger.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/935903040491204918'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/935903040491204918'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pi-control-of-heat-exchanger.html' title='PI Control of the Heat Exchanger'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-3172573757374785675</id><published>2011-03-22T13:35:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:35:35.142-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Courses"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DESIGN"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Drives"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="dynamic"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="integral"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Scalling"/><title type='text'>Integral Action and PI Control</title><content type='html'>&amp;nbsp;Like the P-Only controller, the Proportional-Integral (PI) algorithm computes and transmits a controller output (CO) signal every sample time, T, to the final control element (e.g., valve, variable speed pump). The computed CO from the PI algorithm is influenced by the controller tuning parameters and the controller error, e(t).&lt;br /&gt;
PI controllers have two tuning parameters to adjust. While this makes them more challenging to tune than a P-Only controller, they are not as complex as the three parameter PID controller.&lt;br /&gt;
Integral action enables PI controllers to eliminate offset, a major weakness of a P-only controller. Thus, PI controllers provide a balance of complexity and capability that makes them by far the most widely used algorithm in process control applications. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;The PI Algorithm&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While different vendors cast what is essentially the same algorithm in different forms, here we explore what is variously described as the dependent, ideal, continuous, position form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Where:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;CO&lt;/b&gt; = controller output signal (the wire out) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;CObias&lt;/b&gt; = controller bias or null value; set by bumpless transfer as explained below &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;e(t)&lt;/b&gt; = current controller error, defined as SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;SP&lt;/b&gt; = set point &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;PV&lt;/b&gt; = measured process variable (the wire in) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Kc&lt;/b&gt; = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Ti&lt;/b&gt; = reset time, a tuning parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two terms to the right of the equal sign are identical to the P-Only controller referenced at the top of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
The integral mode of the controller is the last term of the equation. Its function is to integrate or continually sum the controller error, e(t), over time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some things we should know about the reset time tuning parameter, Ti: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ It provides a separate weight to the integral term so the influence of integral action can be independently adjusted. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ It is in the denominator so smaller values provide a larger weight to (i.e. increase the influence of) the integral term. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ It has units of time so it is always positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Function of the Proportional Term&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with the P-Only controller, the proportional term of the PI controller, Kc·e(t), adds or subtracts from CObias based on the size of controller error e(t) at each time t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As e(t) grows or shrinks, the amount added to CObias grows or shrinks immediately and proportionately. The past history and current trajectory of the controller error have no influence on the proportional term computation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot below illustrates this idea for a set point response. The error used in the proportional calculation is shown on the plot: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ At time t = 25 min, e(25) = 60-56 = 4 &lt;br /&gt;
▪ At time t = 40 min, e(40) = 60-62 = -2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;pierrorsmall.jpg&quot; height=&quot;275&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/pierrorsmall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;390&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recalling that controller error e(t) = SP - PV, rather than viewing PV and SP as separate traces as we do above, we can compute and plot e(t) at each point in time t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the identical data to that above only it is recast as a plot of e(t) itself. Notice that in the plot above, PV = SP = 50 for the first 10 min, while in the error plot below, e(t) = 0 for the same time period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;pierror2small.jpg&quot; height=&quot;275&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/pierror2small.jpg&quot; width=&quot;386&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plot is useful as it helps us visualize how controller error continually changes size and sign as time passes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Function of the Integral Term&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the proportional term considers the current size of e(t) only at the time of the controller calculation, the integral term considers the history of the error, or how long and how far the measured process variable has been from the set point over time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integration is a continual summing. Integration of error over time means that we sum up the complete controller error history up to the present time, starting from when the controller was first switched to automatic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Controller error is e(t) = SP - PV. In the plot below, the integral sum of error is computed as the shaded areas between the SP and PV traces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;piintsmall.jpg&quot; height=&quot;273&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/piintsmall.jpg&quot; width=&quot;386&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each box in the plot has an integral sum of 20 (2 high by 10 wide). If we count the number of boxes (including fractions of boxes) contained in the shaded areas, we can compute the integral sum of error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So when the PV first crosses the set point at around t = 32, the integral sum has grown to about 135. We write the integral term of the PI controller as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it is controller error that drives the calculation, we get a direct view the situation from a controller error plot as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;piint2small.jpg&quot; height=&quot;278&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/piint2small.jpg&quot; width=&quot;386&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the integral of each shaded portion has the same sign as the error. Since the integral sum starts accumulating when the controller is first put in automatic, the total integral sum grows as long as e(t) is positive and shrinks when it is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At time t = 60 min on the plots, the integral sum is 135 - 34 = 101. The response is largely settled out at t = 90 min, and the integral sum is then 135 - 34 7 = 108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Integral Action Eliminates Offset&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The previous sentence makes a subtle yet very important observation. The response is largely complete at time t = 90 min, yet the integral sum of all error is not zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the integral sum has a final or residual value of 108. It is this residual value that enables integral action of the PI controller to eliminate offset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As discussed in a previous article, most processes under P-only control experience offset during normal operation. Offset is a sustained value for controller error (i.e., PV does not equal SP at steady state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recognize from the P-Only controller:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;ponlycontrollereq.jpg&quot; height=&quot;18&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/ponlycontrollereq.jpg&quot; width=&quot;143&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
that CO will always equal CObias unless we add or subtract something from it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way we have something to add or subtract from CObias in the P-Only equation above is if e(t) is not zero. It e(t) is not steady at zero, then PV does not equal SP and we have offset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the PI controller:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;picontroller.jpg&quot; height=&quot;32&quot; src=&quot;http://controlstation.brightegg.com/files/image/picontroller.jpg&quot; width=&quot;233&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we now know that the integral sum of error can have a final or residual value after a response is complete. This is important because it means that e(t) can be zero, yet we can still have something to add or subtract from CObias to form the final controller output, CO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So as long as there is any error (as long as e(t) is not zero), the integral term will grow or shrink in size to impact CO. The changes in CO will only cease when PV equals SP (when e(t) = 0) for a sustained period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that point, the integral term can have a residual value as just discussed. This residual value from integration, when added to CObias, essentially creates a new overall bias value that corresponds to the new level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;In effect, integral action continually resets the bias value to eliminate offset as operating level changes.&lt;/i&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Challenges of PI Control&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are challenges in employing the PI algorithm: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ The two tuning parameters interact with each other and their influence must be balanced by the designer. &lt;br /&gt;
▪ The integral term tends to increase the oscillatory or rolling behavior of the process response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the two tuning parameters interact with each other, it can be challenging to arrive at &quot;best&quot; tuning values. The value and importance of our design and tuning recipe increases as the controller becomes more complex.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Initializing the Controller for Bumpless Transfer&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we switch any controller from manual mode to automatic (from open loop to closed loop), we want the result to be uneventful. That is, we do not want the switchover to cause abrupt control actions that impact or disrupt our process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We achieve this desired outcome at switchover by initializing the controller integral sum of error to zero. Also, the set point and controller bias value are initialized by setting: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ SP equal to the current PV &lt;br /&gt;
▪ CObias equal to the current CO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the integral sum of error set to zero, there is nothing to add or subtract from CObias that would cause a sudden change in the current controller output. With the set point equal to the measured process variable, there is no error to drive a change in our CO. And with the controller bias set to our current CO value, we are prepared by default to maintain current operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, when we switch from manual mode to automatic, we have &quot;bumpless transfer&quot; with no surprises. This is a result everyone appreciates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reset Time Versus Reset Rate&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different vendors cast their control algorithms in slightly different forms. Some use proportional band rather than controller gain. Also, some use reset rate, Tr, instead of reset time. These are simply the inverse of each other:&lt;br /&gt;
Tr = 1/Ti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter how the tuning parameters are expressed, the PI algorithms are all equally capable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it is critical to know your manufacturer before you start tuning your controller because parameter values must be matched to your particular algorithm form. Commercial software for controller design and tuning will automatically address this problem for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Implementing a PI controller&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We explore PI controller design, tuning and implementation on the heat exchanger in this article and the gravity drained tanks in this article.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/3172573757374785675/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/integral-action-and-pi-control.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3172573757374785675'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3172573757374785675'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/integral-action-and-pi-control.html' title='Integral Action and PI Control'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-3463697078460742492</id><published>2011-03-22T13:32:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:32:57.162-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Scalling"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="unit"/><title type='text'>Controller Gain Is Dimensionless in Commercial Systems</title><content type='html'>Today I am going to dicuss a very importnat issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact two of my colleagues have experienced the thisissue &amp;amp; almost got embarrased in front of the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whle implementing PID youn should be very careful to implement SCALLING &amp;amp; UNITS to tyhe controller. My colleague was there to implement as PH control loop. After setting all the parameters they were not getting the correct reading out of PH transmitter &amp;amp; in turn they can&#39;t use these values to implement the control loop for the industry. After a long struggle at site they have called e. My first question was about scaling &amp;amp; guess What! They forgot to implement scaling. This simple mistake cost them &amp;amp; cluient more than two hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So remember , &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;Controller Gain Is Dimensionless in Commercial Systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IIn modern plants, process variable (PV) measurement signals are typically scaled to engineering units before they are displayed on the control room HMI computer screen or archived for storage by a process data historian. This is done for good reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When operations staff walk through the plant, the assorted field gauges display the local measurements in engineering units to show that a vessel is operating, for example, at a pressure of 25 psig (1.7 barg) and a temperature of 140 oC (284 oF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It makes sense, then, that the computer screens in the control room display the set point (SP) and PV values in these same familiar engineering units because: &lt;br /&gt;
• It helps the operations staff translate their knowledge and intuition from their field experience over to the abstract world of crowded HMI computer displays. &lt;br /&gt;
• Familiar units will facilitate the instinctive reactions and rapid decision making that prevents an unusual occurrence from escalating into a crisis situation. &lt;br /&gt;
• The process was originally designed in engineering units, so this is how the plant documentation will list the operating specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Knowledge Base Articles Compute Kc With Units&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Like a control room display, the Control Station Knowledge Base presents PV values in engineering units. In most articles, these PVs are used directly in tuning correlations to compute controller gains, Kc. As a result, the Kc values also carry engineering units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benefit of this approach is that controller gain maintains the intuitive familiarity that engineering units provide. The difficulty is that commercial controllers are normally configured to use a dimensionless Kc (or dimensionless proportional band, PB).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To address this issue, we explore below how to convert a Kc with engineering units into the standard dimensionless (%/%) form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversion formula presented at the end of this article is reasonably straightforward to use. But it is derived from several subtle concepts that might benefit from explanation. Thus, we begin with a background discussion on units and scaling, and work our way toward our Kc conversion formula goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;From Analog Sensor to Digital Signal&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
There are many ways to measure a process variable and move the signal into the digital world for use in a computer based control system. Below is a simplified sketch of one approach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07b/scaleunit-big.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations in the pathway from sensor to control system not shown in the simplified sketch might include a transducer, an amplifier, a transmitter, a scaling element, a linearizing element, a signal filter, a multiplexer, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central issue for this discussion is that the PV signal arrives at the computers and controllers in a raw digital form. The continuous analog PV measurement has been quantized (broken into) a range of discrete increments or digital integer &quot;counts&quot; by an A/D (analog to digital) converter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More counts dividing the span of a measurement signal increases the resolution of the measurement when expressed as a digital value. The ranges offered by most vendors result from the computer binary 2n form where n is the number of bits of resolution used by the A/D converter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: a 12 bit A/D converter digitizes an analog signal into 212 = 4096 discrete increments normally expressed to range from 0 to 4095 counts. &lt;br /&gt;
A 13 bit A/D converter digitizes an analog signal into 213 = 8192 discrete increments normally expressed to range from 0 to 8191 counts. &lt;br /&gt;
A 14 bit A/D converter digitizes an analog signal into 214 = 16384 discrete increments normally expressed to range from 0 to 16383 counts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: if a 4 to 20 mA (milliamp) analog signal range is digitized by a 12 bit A/D converter into 0 to 4095 counts, then the resolution is: &lt;br /&gt;
(20 - 4 mA) ÷ 4095 counts = 0.00391 mA/count &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 7 mA from an analog range of 4 to 20 mA changes to digital counts from the 12 bit A/D converter as: &lt;br /&gt;
(7 - 4 mA) ÷ 0.00391 mA/count = 767 counts &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 1250 counts from a 12 bit A/D converter corresponds to an input signal of 8.89 mA from an analog range of 4 to 20 mA as: &lt;br /&gt;
4 mA (1250 counts)∙(0.00391 mA/count) = 8.89 mA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Scaling the Digital PV Signal to Engineering Units for Display&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
During the configuration phase of a control project, the minimum and maximum (or zero and span) of the PV measurement must be entered. These values are used to scale the digital PV signal to engineering units for display and storage. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: if a temperature range of 100 oC to 500 oC is digitized into 0 to 8191 counts by a 13 bit A/D converter, the signal is scaled for display and storage by setting the minimum digital value of 0 counts = 100 oC, and maximum digital value of 8191 counts = 500 oC &lt;br /&gt;
Each digital count from the 13 bit A/D converter gives a resolution of: &lt;br /&gt;
(500 - 100 oC) ÷ 8191 counts = 0.0488 oC/count &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 175 oC from an analog range of 100 oC to 500 oC changes to digital counts from the 13 bit A/D converter as: &lt;br /&gt;
(175 - 100 oC) ÷ 0.0488 oC/count = 1537 counts &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 1250 counts from the 13 bit A/D converter corresponds to an input signal of 161 oC from an analog range of 100 oC to 500 oC as: &lt;br /&gt;
100 oC (1250 counts)∙(0.0488 oC/count) = 161 oC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As discussed at the top of this article, the intuition and field knowledge of the operations staff is maintained by using engineering units in control room displays and when storing data to a historian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this same reason, modern control software uses engineering units when passing variables between the function blocks used for calculations and decision-making. Calculation and decision functions are easier to understand, document and debug when the logic is written using floating point values in common engineering units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Scaling the Digital PV Signal for Use by the PID Controller&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Most commercial PID controllers use a controller gain, Kc (or proportional band, PB) that is expressed as a standard dimensionless %/%. &lt;br /&gt;
Note: Controller gain in commercial controllers is often said to be unitless or dimensionless, but Kc actually has units of (% of CO signal)/(% of PV signal). In a precise mathematical world, these units do not cancel, though there is little harm in speaking as though they do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to executing the PID controller calculation, the PV signal must be scaled to a standard 0% to 100% to match the &quot;dimensionless&quot; Kc. This happens every loop sample time, T, regardless of whether we are measuring temperature, pressure, flow, or any other process variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform this scaling, the minimum and maximum PV values in engineering units corresponding to the 0% to 100% standard PV range must be entered during setup and loop configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: if a temperature range of 100 oC to 500 oC is digitized into 0 to 8191 counts by a 13 bit A/D converter, the signal is scaled for the PID control calculation by setting the minimum digital value of 0 counts = 0%, and the maximum digital value of 8191 counts = 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
Each digital count from the 13 bit A/D converter gives a resolution of: &lt;br /&gt;
(100 - 0%) ÷ 8191 counts = 0.0122%/count &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 1537 counts (175 oC) from a 13 bit A/D converter would translate to a signal of 18.75% as: &lt;br /&gt;
0% (1537)∙(0.0122%/value) = 18.75% &lt;br /&gt;
A signal of 1250 counts (161 oC) from a 13 bit A/D converter would translate to a signal of 15.25% as: &lt;br /&gt;
0% (1250)∙(0.0122%/value) = 15.25%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Control Output is 0% to 100%&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The controller output (CO) from commercial controllers normally default to a 0% to 100% digital signal as well. Digital to analog (D/A) converters begin the transition of moving the digital CO values into the appropriate electrical current and voltage required by the valve, pump or other final control element (FCE) in the loop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: While CO commonly defaults to a 0% to 100% signal, this may not be appropriate when implementing the outer primary controller in a cascade. The outer primary CO1 becomes the set point of the inner secondary controller, and signal scaling must match. For example, if SP2 is in engineering units, the CO1 signal must be scaled accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Care Required When Using Engineering Units For Controller Tuning&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
It is quite common to analyze and design controllers using data retrieved from our process historian or captured from our computer display. Just as with the articles in this e-book, this means the computed Kc values will likely be scaled in engineering units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sketch below highlights (click for a large view) that scaling from engineering units to a standard 0% to 100% range used in commercial controllers requires careful attention to detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07b/scaleunit2-big.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The conversion of PV in engineering units to a standard 0% to 100% range requires knowledge of the maximum and minimum PV values in engineering units. These are the same values that are entered into our PID controller software function block during setup and loop configuration. The general conversion formula is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07b/scale-eq.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PVmax&lt;/strong&gt; = maximum PV value in engineering units &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PVmin&lt;/strong&gt; = minimum PV value in engineering units &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PV&lt;/strong&gt; = current PV value in engineering units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: a temperature signal ranges from 100 oC to 500 oC and we seek to scale it to a range of 0% to 100% for use in a PID controller. We set: &lt;br /&gt;
PVmin = 100 oC and PVmax = 500 oC &lt;br /&gt;
A temperature of 175 oC converts to a standard 0% to 100% range as: &lt;br /&gt;
[(175 - 100 oC) ÷ (500 - 100 oC)]∙(100 - 0%) = 18.75% &lt;br /&gt;
A temperature of 161 oC converts to a standard 0% to 100% range as: &lt;br /&gt;
[(161 - 100 oC) ÷ (500 - 100 oC)]∙(100 - 0%) = 15.25%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Applying Conversion to Controller Gain, Kc&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The discussion to this point provides the basis for the formula used to convert Kc from engineering units into dimensionless (%/%):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: the moderate Kc value in our P-Only control of the heat exchanger study is Kc = - 0.7 %/ oC. For this process, PVmax = 250 oC and PVmin = 0 oC &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = (- 0.7 %/ oC)∙[(250 - 0 oC) ÷ (100 - 0%)] &lt;br /&gt;
= - 1.75 %/% &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: the moderate value for Kc in our P-Only control of the gravity drained tanks study is Kc = 8 %/ oC For this process, PVmax = 10 m and PVmin = 0 m &lt;br /&gt;
Kc = (8 %/ m)∙[(10 - 0 m) ÷ (100 - 0%)] &lt;br /&gt;
= 0.8 %/%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Final Thoughts&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Textbooks are full of rule-of-thumb guidelines for estimating initial Kc values for a controller depending on whether, for example, it is a flow loop, a temperature loop or a liquid level loop. While we have great reservations with such a &quot;guess and test&quot; approach to tuning, it is important to recognize that such rules are based on a Kc that is expressed in a dimensionless (%/%) form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/3463697078460742492/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/controller-gain-is-dimensionless-in.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3463697078460742492'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3463697078460742492'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/controller-gain-is-dimensionless-in.html' title='Controller Gain Is Dimensionless in Commercial Systems'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-8836641914611071061</id><published>2011-03-22T13:26:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:26:36.522-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="action"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="integral"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><title type='text'>P-Only Disturbance Rejection of the Gravity Drained Tanks</title><content type='html'>In a previous article, we looked at the structure of the P-Only algorithm and we considered some design issues associated with implementation. We also studied the set point tracking (or servo) performance of this simple controller for the heat exchanger process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we investigate the capabilities of the P-Only controller for liquid level control of the gravity drained tanks process. Our objective in this study is disturbance rejection (or regulatory control) performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Gravity Drained Tanks Process&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
A graphic of the gravity drained tanks process is shown below :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtclosedbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The measured process variable (PV) is liquid level in the lower tank. The controller output (CO) adjusts the flow into the upper tank to maintain the PV at set point (SP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The disturbance (D) is a pumped flow out of the lower tank. It&#39;s draw rate is adjusted by a different process and is thus beyond our control. Because it runs through a pump, D is not affected by liquid level, though the pumped flow rate drops to zero if the tank empties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We begin by summarizing the previously discussed results of steps 1 through 3 of our design and tuning recipe as we proceed with our P-Only control investigation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: Determine the Design Level of Operation (DLO)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Our primary objective is to reject disturbances as we control liquid level in the lower tank. As discussed here, our design level of operation (DLO) for this study is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;design PV and SP = 2.2 m with range of 2.0 to 2.4 m&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;design D = 2 L/min with occasional spikes up to 5 L/min&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: Collect Process Data around the DLO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
When CO, PV and D are steady near the design level of operation, we bump the CO far enough and fast enough to force a clear dynamic response in the PV that dominates the signal and process noise. As detailed here, we performed two different open loop (manual mode) dynamic tests, a step test and a doublet test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: Fit a FOPDT Model to the Dynamic Process Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The third step of the recipe is to describe the overall dynamic behavior of the process with an approximating first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model. We define the model parameters and present details of the model fit of step test data here. A model fit of doublet test data using commercial software confirms these values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;process gain (how far), Kp = 0.09 m/%&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;time constant (how fast), Tp = 1.4 min&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;dead time (how much delay), Өp = 0.5 min&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Use the FOPDT Parameters to Complete the Design&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Following the heat exchanger P-Only study, the P-Only control algorithm computes a CO action every loop sample time T as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CO = CObias Kc∙e(t)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Where:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CObias&lt;/strong&gt; = controller bias or null value &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Kc&lt;/strong&gt; = controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;e(t)&lt;/strong&gt; = controller error, defined as SP - PV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Sample Time, T&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Best practice is to set the loop sample time, T, at one-tenth the time constant or faster (i.e., T ≤ 0.1Tp). Faster sampling may provide modestly improved performance. Slower sampling can lead to significantly degraded performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, T ≤ (0.1)(1.4 min), so T should be 8 seconds or less. We meet this specification with the common vendor sample time option: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ sample time, T = 1 sec&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Control Action (Direct/Reverse)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The gravity drained tanks has a positive Kp. That is, when CO increases, PV increases in response. When in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV is too high, the controller must decrease the CO to correct the error (read more here). Since the controller must move in the direction opposite of the problem, we specify: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ controller is reverse acting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Dead Time Issues&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If dead time is greater than the process time constant (Өp &amp;gt; Tp), control becomes increasingly problematic and a Smith predictor can offer benefit. For this process, the dead time is smaller than the time constant, so: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ dead time is small and thus not a concern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Computing Controller Error, e(t)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Set point, SP, is manually entered into a controller. The measured PV comes from the sensor (our wire in). Since SP and PV are known values, then at every loop sample time, T, controller error can be directly computed as: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ error, e(t) = SP - PV&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Determining Bias Value, CObias&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
CObias is the value of CO that, in manual mode, causes the PV to remain steady at the DLO when the major disturbances are quiet and at their normal or expected values. Our doublet plots establish that when CO is at 53%, the PV is steady at the design value of 2.2 m, thus: &lt;br /&gt;
▪ controller bias, CObias = 53%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;em&gt;· Controller Gain, Kc&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For the simple P-Only controller form, we use the integral of time-weighted absolute error (ITAE) tuning correlation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moderate P-Only: &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/ponlytuningeq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Aside:&lt;/strong&gt; Regardless of the values computed in the FOPDT fit, best practice is to set Өp no smaller than sample time, T (or Өp ≥ T) in the control rules and correlations (more discussion here). In this gravity drained tanks study, our FOPDT fit produced a Өp much larger than T, so the &quot;dead time greater than sample time&quot; rule is met.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Using our FOPDT model values from step 3, we compute:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtponlytuningeq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And our moderate P-Only controller becomes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;▪ P-Only controller: CO = 53% 8∙e(t)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Implement and Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To explore how controller gain impacts P-Only performance, we test the controller with the above Kc = 8 %/m. Since the correlation tends to produce moderate performance values, we also explore increasingly aggressive or active P-Only tuning by doubling Kc (2Kc = 16 %/m) and then doubling it again (4Kc = 32 %/m).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ability of the P-Only controller to reject step changes in the pumped flow disturbance, D, is pictured below (click for a large view) for the ITAE value of Kc and its multiples. Note that the set point remains constant at 2.2 m throughout the study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtponlydistbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the figure above, whenever the pumped flow disturbance, D, is at the design level of 2 L/min (e.g., when time is less than 30 min) then PV equals SP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three times that D is stepped away from the DLO, however, the PV shifts away from the set point. The simple P-Only controller is not able to eliminate this &quot;offset,&quot; or sustained error between the PV and SP. This behavior reinforces that both set point and disturbances contribute to defining the design level of operation for a process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure shows that as Kc increases across the plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;the activity of the controller output, CO, increases,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the offset (difference between SP and final PV) decreases, and&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;the oscillatory nature of the response increases.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Offset, or the sustained error between SP and PV when the process moves away from the DLO, is a big disadvantage of P-Only control. Yet there are appropriate uses for this simple controller (more discussion here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not our design objective, presented below is the set point tracking ability of the controller (click for a large view) when the disturbance flow is held constant:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtponlyspbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The figure shows that as Kc increases across the plot, the same performance observations made above apply here: the activity of CO increases, the offset decreases, and the oscillatory nature of the response increases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Aside:&lt;/strong&gt; it may appear that the random noise in the PV measurement signal is different in the two plots above, but it is indeed the same. Note that the span of the PV axis in the two plots differs by a factor of four. The narrow span of the set point tracking plot greatly magnifies the signal traces, making the noise more visible.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Proportional Band&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Different manufacturers use different forms for the same tuning parameter. The popular alternative to controller gain found in the marketplace is proportional band, PB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the CO and PV have units of percent and both can range from 0 to 100%, then the conversion between controller gain and proportional band is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PB = 100/Kc&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, as Kc increases, PB decreases. This reverse thinking can challenge our intuition when switching among manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many examples on this site assign engineering units to the measured PV because plant software has made the task of unit conversions straightforward. If this is true in your plant, take care when using this formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Integral Action&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Integral action has the benefit of eliminating offset but presents greater design challenges.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/8836641914611071061/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/p-only-disturbance-rejection-of-gravity.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8836641914611071061'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8836641914611071061'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/p-only-disturbance-rejection-of-gravity.html' title='P-Only Disturbance Rejection of the Gravity Drained Tanks'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-6393789166084402247</id><published>2011-03-22T13:25:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:25:23.298-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Drives"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="dynamic"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="variability"/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;The P-Only Control Algorithm&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest algorithm in the PID family is a proportional or P-Only controller. Like all automatic controllers, it repeats a measurement-computation-action procedure at every loop sample time, T, following the logic flow shown in the block diagram below (click for large view):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/loopgeneralbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Starting at the far right of the control loop block diagram above:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;A sensor measures and transmits the current value of the process variable, PV, back to the controller (the &#39;controller wire in&#39;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Controller error at current time t is computed as set point minus measured process variable, or e(t) = SP - PV&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The controller uses this e(t) in a control algorithm to compute a new controller output signal, CO&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The CO signal is sent to the final control element (e.g. valve, pump, heater, fan) causing it to change (the &#39;controller wire out&#39;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The change in the final control element (FCE) causes a change in a manipulated variable&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The change in the manipulated variable (e.g. flow rate of liquid or gas) causes a change in the PV&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of the controller is to make e(t) = 0 in spite of unplanned and unmeasured disturbances. Since e(t) = SP - PV, this is the same as saying a controller seeks to make PV = SP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The P-Only Algorithm&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The P-Only controller computes a CO action every loop sample time T as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CO = CObias Kc∙e(t)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Where:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CObias&lt;/strong&gt; = controller bias or null value &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Kc =&lt;/strong&gt; controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;e(t) =&lt;/strong&gt; controller error = SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;SP =&lt;/strong&gt; set point &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;PV =&lt;/strong&gt; measured process variable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Design Level of Operation&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Real processes display a nonlinear behavior, which means their apparent process gain, time constant and/or dead time changes as operating level changes and as major disturbances change. Since controller design and tuning is based on these Kp, Tp and Өp values, controllers should be designed and tuned for a pre-defined level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a cruise control system for a car, for example, would it make sense for us to perform bump tests to generate dynamic data when the car is traveling twice the normal speed limit while going down hill on a windy day? Of course not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bump test data should be collected as close as practical to the design PV when the disturbances are quiet and near their typical values. Thus, the design level of operation for a cruise control system is when the car is traveling at highway speed on flat ground on a calm day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Definition: the design level of operation (DLO) is where we expect the SP and PV will be during normal operation while the important disturbances are quiet and at their expected or typical values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Understanding Controller Bias&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Let&#39;s suppose the P-Only control algorithm shown above is used for cruise control in an automobile and CO is the throttle signal adjusting the flow of fuel to the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#39;s also suppose that the speed SP is 70 and the measured PV is also 70 (units can be mph or kph depending on where you live in the world). Since PV = SP, then e(t) = 0 and the algorithm reduces to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;CO = CObias Kc∙(0) = CObias&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If CObias is zero, then when set point equals measurement, the above equation says that the throttle signal, CO, is also zero. This makes no sense. Clearly if the car is traveling 70 kph, then some baseline flow of fuel is going to the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This baseline value of the CO is called the bias or null value. In this example, CObias is the flow of fuel that, in manual mode, causes the car to travel the design speed of 70 kph when on flat ground on a calm day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Definition: CObias is the value of the CO that, in manual mode, causes the PV to steady at the DLO while the major disturbances are quiet and at their normal or expected values.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A P-Only controller bias (sometimes called null value) is assigned a value as part of the controller design and remains fixed once the controller is put in automatic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Controller Gain, Kc&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The P-Only controller has the advantage of having only one adjustable or tuning parameter, Kc, that defines how active or aggressive the CO will move in response to changes in controller error, e(t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a given value of e(t) in the P-Only algorithm above, if Kc is small, then the amount added to CObias is small and the controller response will be slow or sluggish. If Kc is large, then the amount added to CObias is large and the controller response will be fast or aggressive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Kc can be adjusted or tuned for each process to make the controller more or less active in its actions when measurement does not equal set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;P-Only Controller Design&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
All controllers from the family of PID algorithms (P-Only, PI, PID) should be designed and tuned using our proven recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Establish the design level of operation (the normal or expected values for set point and major disturbances).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bump the process and collect controller output (CO) to process variable (PV) dynamic process data around this design level.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Approximate the process data behavior with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the model parameters from step 3 in rules and correlations to complete the controller design and tuning.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;The Internal Model Control (IMC) tuning correlations that work so well for PI and PID controllers cannot be derived for the simple P-Only controller form. The next best choice is to use the widely-published integral of time-weighted absolute error (ITAE) tuning correlation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Moderate P-Only: &amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/ponlytuningeq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This correlation is useful in that it reliably yields a moderate Kc value. In fact, some practitioners find that the ITAE Kc value provides a response performance so predictably modest that they automatically start with an aggressive P-Only tuning, defined here as two and a half times the ITAE value:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Aggressive P-Only: Kc = 2.5 (Moderate Kc)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Reverse Acting, Direct Acting and Control Action&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Time constant, Tp, and dead time, Өp, cannot affect the sign of Kc because they mark the passage of time and must always be positive. The above tuning correlation thus implies that Kc must always have the same sign as the process gain, Kp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When CO increases on a process that has a positive Kp, the PV will increase in response. The process is direct acting. Given this CO to PV relationship, when in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV starts drifting too high above set point, the controller must decrease CO to correct the error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This &quot;opposite to the problem&quot; reaction is called  &lt;em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;negative feedback&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt; and forms the basis of stable control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A process with a positive Kp is direct acting. With negative feedback, the controller must be reverse acting for stable control. Conversely, when Kp is negative (a reverse acting process), the controller must be direct acting for stable control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Kp and Kc always have the same sign for a particular process and stable control requires negative feedback, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;direct acting process (Kp and Kc positive) −› use a reverse acting controller&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;reverse acting process (Kp and Kc negative) −› use a direct acting controller&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;In most commercial controllers, a positive value of the Kc is always entered. The sign (or action) of the controller is then assigned by specifying that the controller is either reverse or direct acting to indicate a positive or negative Kc respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wrong control action is entered, the controller will quickly drive the final control element (e.g., valve, pump, compressor) to full on/open or full off/closed and remain there until the proper control action entry is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Proportional Band&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Some manufacturers use different forms for the same tuning parameter. The popular alternative to Kc found in the marketplace is proportional band, PB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many industry applications, both the CO and PV are expressed in units of percent. Given that a controller output signal ranges from a minimum (COmin) to maximum (COmax) value, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PB = (COmax - COmin)/Kc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When CO and PV have units of percent and both range from 0% to 100%, the much published conversion between controller gain and proportional band results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PB = 100/Kc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many case studies on this site assign engineering units to the measured PV because plant software has made the task of unit conversions straightforward. If this is true in your plant, take care when using these conversion formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Implementation Issues&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Implementation of a P-Only controller is reasonably straightforward, but this simple algorithm exhibits a phenomenon called &quot;offset.&quot; In most industrial applications, offset is considered an unacceptable weakness. We explore P-Only control, offset and other issues for the heat exchanger and the gravity drained tanks processes.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/6393789166084402247/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/p-only-control-algorithm-simplest.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/6393789166084402247'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/6393789166084402247'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/p-only-control-algorithm-simplest.html' title=''/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-7398948783997824754</id><published>2011-03-22T13:23:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:24:45.388-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Courses"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Drives"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="dynamic"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="motors"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="variability"/><title type='text'>Proportional Control - The Simplest PID Controller</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;he P-Only Control Algorithm&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/b&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
The simplest algorithm in the PID family is a proportional or P-Only controller. Like all automatic controllers, it repeats a measurement-computation-action procedure at every loop sample time, T, following the logic flow shown in the block diagram below (click for large view):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/loopgeneralbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Starting at the far right of the control loop block diagram above:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;A sensor measures and transmits the current value of the process variable, PV, back to the controller (the &#39;controller wire in&#39;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Controller error at current time t is computed as set point minus measured process variable, or e(t) = SP - PV&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The controller uses this e(t) in a control algorithm to compute a new controller output signal, CO&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The CO signal is sent to the final control element (e.g. valve, pump, heater, fan) causing it to change (the &#39;controller wire out&#39;)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The change in the final control element (FCE) causes a change in a manipulated variable&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The change in the manipulated variable (e.g. flow rate of liquid or gas) causes a change in the PV&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of the controller is to make e(t) = 0 in spite of unplanned and unmeasured disturbances. Since e(t) = SP - PV, this is the same as saying a controller seeks to make PV = SP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;The P-Only Algorithm&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The P-Only controller computes a CO action every loop sample time T as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;CO = CObias Kc∙e(t)&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Where:&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;CObias&lt;/b&gt; = controller bias or null value &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Kc =&lt;/b&gt; controller gain, a tuning parameter &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;e(t) =&lt;/b&gt; controller error = SP - PV &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;SP =&lt;/b&gt; set point &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;PV =&lt;/b&gt; measured process variable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Design Level of Operation&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Real processes display a nonlinear behavior, which means their apparent process gain, time constant and/or dead time changes as operating level changes and as major disturbances change. Since controller design and tuning is based on these Kp, Tp and Өp values, controllers should be designed and tuned for a pre-defined level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When designing a cruise control system for a car, for example, would it make sense for us to perform bump tests to generate dynamic data when the car is traveling twice the normal speed limit while going down hill on a windy day? Of course not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bump test data should be collected as close as practical to the design PV when the disturbances are quiet and near their typical values. Thus, the design level of operation for a cruise control system is when the car is traveling at highway speed on flat ground on a calm day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Definition: the design level of operation (DLO) is where we expect the SP and PV will be during normal operation while the important disturbances are quiet and at their expected or typical values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Understanding Controller Bias&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Let&#39;s suppose the P-Only control algorithm shown above is used for cruise control in an automobile and CO is the throttle signal adjusting the flow of fuel to the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#39;s also suppose that the speed SP is 70 and the measured PV is also 70 (units can be mph or kph depending on where you live in the world). Since PV = SP, then e(t) = 0 and the algorithm reduces to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;CO = CObias Kc∙(0) = CObias&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If CObias is zero, then when set point equals measurement, the above equation says that the throttle signal, CO, is also zero. This makes no sense. Clearly if the car is traveling 70 kph, then some baseline flow of fuel is going to the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This baseline value of the CO is called the bias or null value. In this example, CObias is the flow of fuel that, in manual mode, causes the car to travel the design speed of 70 kph when on flat ground on a calm day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Definition: CObias is the value of the CO that, in manual mode, causes the PV to steady at the DLO while the major disturbances are quiet and at their normal or expected values.&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A P-Only controller bias (sometimes called null value) is assigned a value as part of the controller design and remains fixed once the controller is put in automatic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Controller Gain, Kc&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The P-Only controller has the advantage of having only one adjustable or tuning parameter, Kc, that defines how active or aggressive the CO will move in response to changes in controller error, e(t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a given value of e(t) in the P-Only algorithm above, if Kc is small, then the amount added to CObias is small and the controller response will be slow or sluggish. If Kc is large, then the amount added to CObias is large and the controller response will be fast or aggressive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Kc can be adjusted or tuned for each process to make the controller more or less active in its actions when measurement does not equal set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;P-Only Controller Design&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
All controllers from the family of PID algorithms (P-Only, PI, PID) should be designed and tuned using our proven recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Establish the design level of operation (the normal or expected values for set point and major disturbances).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bump the process and collect controller output (CO) to process variable (PV) dynamic process data around this design level.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Approximate the process data behavior with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the model parameters from step 3 in rules and correlations to complete the controller design and tuning.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;The Internal Model Control (IMC) tuning correlations that work so well for PI and PID controllers cannot be derived for the simple P-Only controller form. The next best choice is to use the widely-published integral of time-weighted absolute error (ITAE) tuning correlation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Moderate P-Only: &amp;nbsp; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/ponlytuningeq.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This correlation is useful in that it reliably yields a moderate Kc value. In fact, some practitioners find that the ITAE Kc value provides a response performance so predictably modest that they automatically start with an aggressive P-Only tuning, defined here as two and a half times the ITAE value:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Aggressive P-Only: Kc = 2.5 (Moderate Kc)&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reverse Acting, Direct Acting and Control Action&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Time constant, Tp, and dead time, Өp, cannot affect the sign of Kc because they mark the passage of time and must always be positive. The above tuning correlation thus implies that Kc must always have the same sign as the process gain, Kp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When CO increases on a process that has a positive Kp, the PV will increase in response. The process is direct acting. Given this CO to PV relationship, when in automatic mode (closed loop), if the PV starts drifting too high above set point, the controller must decrease CO to correct the error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This &quot;opposite to the problem&quot; reaction is called  &lt;i&gt; &lt;b&gt;negative feedback&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/i&gt; and forms the basis of stable control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A process with a positive Kp is direct acting. With negative feedback, the controller must be reverse acting for stable control. Conversely, when Kp is negative (a reverse acting process), the controller must be direct acting for stable control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Kp and Kc always have the same sign for a particular process and stable control requires negative feedback, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;direct acting process (Kp and Kc positive) −› use a reverse acting controller&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;reverse acting process (Kp and Kc negative) −› use a direct acting controller&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;In most commercial controllers, a positive value of the Kc is always entered. The sign (or action) of the controller is then assigned by specifying that the controller is either reverse or direct acting to indicate a positive or negative Kc respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wrong control action is entered, the controller will quickly drive the final control element (e.g., valve, pump, compressor) to full on/open or full off/closed and remain there until the proper control action entry is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Proportional Band&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Some manufacturers use different forms for the same tuning parameter. The popular alternative to Kc found in the marketplace is proportional band, PB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many industry applications, both the CO and PV are expressed in units of percent. Given that a controller output signal ranges from a minimum (COmin) to maximum (COmax) value, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PB = (COmax - COmin)/Kc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When CO and PV have units of percent and both range from 0% to 100%, the much published conversion between controller gain and proportional band results:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PB = 100/Kc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many case studies on this site assign engineering units to the measured PV because plant software has made the task of unit conversions straightforward. If this is true in your plant, take care when using these conversion formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Implementation Issues&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Implementation of a P-Only controller is reasonably straightforward, but this simple algorithm exhibits a phenomenon called &quot;offset.&quot; In most industrial applications, offset is considered an unacceptable weakness. We explore P-Only control, offset and other issues for the heat exchanger and the gravity drained tanks processes.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/7398948783997824754/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/proportional-control-simplest-pid.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7398948783997824754'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7398948783997824754'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/proportional-control-simplest-pid.html' title='Proportional Control - The Simplest PID Controller'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-4123920827876655747</id><published>2011-03-22T13:22:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:22:07.019-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Courses"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DESIGN"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Drives"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><title type='text'>Controller process architecture</title><content type='html'>A controller seeks to maintain the measured process variable (PV) at set point (SP) in spite of unplanned and unmeasured disturbances. Since e(t) = SP - PV, this is equivalent to saying that a controller seeks to maintain controller error, e(t), equal to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/wiregoodbig.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;A controller repeats a measurement-computation-action procedure at every loop sample time, T. Starting at the far right of the control loop block diagram above:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;A sensor measures a temperature, pressure, concentration or other property of interest from our process.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The sensor signal is transmitted to the controller. The pathway from sensor to controller might include: a transducer, an amplifier, a scaling element, quantization, a signal filter, a multiplexer, and other operations that can add delay and change the size, sign, and/or units of the measurement.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After all electronic and digital operations, the result terminates at our controller as the &quot;wire in&quot; measured process variable (PV) signal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;This  &lt;strong&gt;&quot;wire in&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; process variable is subtracted from set point in the controller to compute error, e(t) = SP - PV, which is then used in an algorithm (examples here and here) to compute a controller output (CO) signal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The computed CO signal is transmitted on the  &lt;strong&gt;&quot;wire out&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; from the controller on a path to the final control element (FCE).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Similar to the measurement path, the signal from the controller to FCE might include filtering, scaling, linearization, amplification, multiplexing, transducing and other operations that can add delay and change the size, sign, and/or units of our original CO signal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After any electronic and digital operations, the signal reaches the valve, pump, compressor or other FCE, causing a change in the manipulated variable (a liquid or gas stream flow rate, for example).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The change in the manipulated variable causes a change in our temperature, pressure, concentration or other process property of interest, all with the goal of making e(t) = 0.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design Based on CO to PV Dynamics&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The steps of the controller design and tuning recipe include: bumping the CO signal to generate CO to PV dynamic process data, approximating this test data with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) model, and then using the model parameters in rules and correlations to complete the controller design and tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipe provides a proven basis for controller design and tuning that avoids wasteful and expensive trial-and-error experiments. But for success, controller design and tuning must be based on process data as the controller sees it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controller only knows about the state of the process from the PV signal arriving on the &quot;wire in&quot; after all operations in the signal path from the sensor. It can only impact the state of the process with the CO signal it sends on the &quot;wire out&quot; before any such operations are made in the path to the final control element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated in the diagram at the top of this article, the proper signals that describe our complete &quot;process&quot; from the controller&#39;s view is the &quot;wire out&quot; CO and the &quot;wire in&quot; PV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Complete the Circuit&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes we find ourselves unable to proceed with an orderly controller design and tuning. Perhaps our controller interface does not make it convenient to directly record process data. Maybe we find a vendor&#39;s documentation to be so poorly written as to be all but worthless. There are a host of complications that can hinder progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being resourceful, we may be tempted to move the project forward by using portable instrumentation. It seems reasonable to collect, say, temperature in a vessel during a bump test by inserting a spare thermocouple into the liquid. Or maybe we feel we can be more precise by standing right at the valve and using a portable signal generator to bump the process rather than doing so from a remote control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown below, such an approach cuts out or short circuits the complete control loop pathway. External or portable instrumentation will not be recording the actual CO or PV as the controller sees it, and the data will not be appropriate for controller design or tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/wirebadbig.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Every Item Counts&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The illustration above is extreme in that it shows many items that are not included in the control loop. But please recognize that it can be problematic to leave out even a single step in the complete signal pathway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple scaling element that multiplies the signal by a constant value, for example, may seem reasonably unimportant to the overall loop dynamics. But this alone can change the size and even the sign of Kp, thus having dramatic impact on best tuning and final controller performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a controller&#39;s view, the complete loop goes from &quot;wire out&quot; to &quot;wire in&quot; as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/wireoutwireinloop.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every item in the loop counts. Always use the complete CO to PV data for process control analysis, design and tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Pay Attention to Units&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
As detailed in this related article, signals can appear in a control loop in electronic units (e.g., volts, mA), in engineering units (e.g. oC, Lb/hr), as percent of scale (e.g., 0% to 100%), or as discrete or digital counts (e.g. 0 to 4095 counts).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is critical that we remain aware of the units of a signal when working with a particular instrument or device. All values entered and computations performed must be consistent with the form of the data at that point in the loop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the theory and methods discussed in this e-book, such &quot;accounting confusion&quot; can be one of the biggest challenges for the process control practitioner.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/4123920827876655747/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/controller-process-architecture.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4123920827876655747'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4123920827876655747'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/controller-process-architecture.html' title='Controller process architecture'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-2289394714835112201</id><published>2011-03-22T13:20:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:20:53.682-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="behavious"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DESIGN"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="dynamic"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="non-linear"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="pid"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="proportional"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="tuning"/><title type='text'>Nonlinear Process Behavior &amp; DEEISGN OF CONTROL.</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Processes with streams comprised of gases, liquids, powders, slurries and melts tend to exhibit variations in behavior as operating level changes. This, in fact, is the very nature of a nonlinear process. For this reason, our recipe for controller design and tuning begins by specifying our design level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Controller Design and Tuning Recipe:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Establish the design level of operation (DLO), which is the normal or expected values for set point and major disturbances.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bump the process and collect controller output (CO) to process variable (PV) dynamic process data around this design level.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Approximate the process data behavior with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the model parameters from step 3 in rules and correlations to complete the controller design and tuning.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nonlinear Behavior of the Gravity Drained Tanks&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The dynamic behavior of the gravity drained tanks process is reasonably intuitive. Increase or decrease the inlet flow rate into the upper tank and the liquid level in the lower tank rises or falls in response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One challenge this process presents is that its dynamic behavior is nonlinear. That is, the process gain, Kp; time constant, Tp; and/or dead time, Өp; changes as operating level changes. This is evident in the open loop response plot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtnonlinearbig.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As shown above, the CO is stepped in equal increments, yet the response behavior of the PV changes as the level in the tank rises. The consequence of nonlinear behavior is that a controller designed to give desirable performance at one operating level may not give desirable performance at another level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Nonlinear Behavior of the Heat Exchanger&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Nonlinear process behavior has important implications for controller design and tuning. Consider, for example, our heat exchanger process under PI control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tuned for a moderate response as shown in the first set point step from 140 °C to 155 °C in the plot below, the process variable (PV) responds in a manner consistent with our design goals. That is, the PV moves to the new set point (SP) reasonably quickly but does not overshoot the set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/nonlinearheclosedbig.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The consequence of a nonlinear process character is apparent as the set point steps continue to higher temperatures. In the third set point step from 170 °C to 185 °C, the same controller that had given a desired moderate performance now produces a PV response with a clear overshoot and some oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a change in performance with operating level may be tolerable in some applications and unacceptable in others. As we discuss in this article, &quot;best&quot; performance is something we judge for ourselves based on the goals of production, capabilities of the process, impact on down stream units and the desires of management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonlinear behavior should not catch us by surprise. It is something we can know about our process in advance. And this is why we should choose a design level of operation as a first step in our controller design and tuning procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 1: Establish the Design Level of Operation (DLO)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Because, as shown in the examples above, processes have process gain, Kp; time constant, Tp; and/or dead time, Өp values that change as operating level changes, and these FOPDT model parameter values are used to complete the controller design and tuning procedure, it is important that dynamic process test data be collected at a pre-determined level of operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defining this design level of operation (DLO) includes specifying where we expect the set point (SP) and measured process variable (PV) to be during normal operation, and the range of values the SP and PV might typically assume. This way we know where to explore the dynamic process behavior during controller design and tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DLO also considers our major disturbances (D). We should know the normal or typical values for our major disturbances. And we should be reasonably confident that the disturbances are quiet so we may proceed with a bump test to generate and record dynamic process data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 2. Collect Dynamic Process Data Around the DLO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The next step in our recipe is to collect dynamic process data as near as practical to our design level of operation. We do this with a bump test, where we step or pulse the CO and collect data as the PV responds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to wait until the CO, PV and D have settled out and are as near to constant values as is possible for our particular operation before we start a bump test. The point of bumping a process is to learn about the cause and effect relationship between the CO and PV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the process at steady state, we are starting with a clean slate. As the PV responds to the CO bumps, the dynamic cause and effect behavior is isolated and evident in the data. On a practical note, be sure the data capture routine is enabled before the initial bump is implemented so all relevant data is collected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two popular open loop (manual mode) methods are the step test and the doublet test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For either method, the CO must be moved far enough and fast enough to force a response in the PV that dominates the measurement noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, our bump should move the PV both above and below the DLO during testing. With data from each side of the DLO, the model (step 3) will be able to average out the nonlinear effects as discussed above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Step Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;To collect data that will &quot;average out&quot; to our design level of operation, we start the test at steady state with the PV on one side of (either above or below) the DLO. Then, as shown in the plot below, we step the CO so that the measured PV moves across to settle on the other side of the DLO.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtstepbig.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;We can either start high and step the CO down (as shown above), or start low and step the CO up. Both methods produce dynamic data of equal value for our design and tuning recipe.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Doublet Test&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;A doublet test, as shown below, is two CO pulses performed in rapid succession and in opposite direction. The second pulse is implemented as soon as the process has shown a clear response to the first pulse that dominates the noise in the PV. It is not necessary to wait for the process to respond to steady state for either pulse.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/gdtdoubletbig.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;The doublet test offers attractive benefits, including that it starts from and quickly returns to the DLO, it produces data both above and below the design level to &quot;average out&quot; the nonlinear effects, and the PV always stays close to the DLO, thus minimizing off-spec production. Such data does require  commercial PID loop tuning software for model fitting, however.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 3: Fit a FOPDT dynamic model to Process Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
In fitting a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) model, we approximate those essential features of the dynamic process behavior that are fundamental to control. We need not understand differential equations to appreciate the articles on on this site, but for completeness, the first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model has the form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/fopdtmodel.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;br /&gt;
PV(t) = measured process variable as a function of time &lt;br /&gt;
CO(t - Өp) = controller output signal as a function of time and shifted by Өp &lt;br /&gt;
Өp = process dead time &lt;br /&gt;
t = time&lt;br /&gt;
When the FOPDT dynamic model is fit to process data, the results describe how PV will respond to a change in CO via the model parameters. In particular:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Process gain, Kp, describes the direction and how far PV will travel,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Time constant, Tp, states how fast PV moves after it begins its response,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dead time, Өp, is the delay from when CO changes until when PV begins to respond.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;An example study that compares dynamic process data from the heat exchanger with a FOPDT model prediction can be found here. Comparisons between data and model for the gravity drained tanks can be found here and here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Use the model parameters to complete the design and tuning&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
In step 4, the three FOPDT model parameters are used in correlations to compute controller tuning values. For example, the chart below lists internal model control (IMC) tuning correlations for the PI controller and dependent ideal PID controller, and dependent ideal PID with CO filter forms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/pidftuningchart.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The closed loop time constant, Tc, in the IMC correlations is used to specify the desired speed or quickness of our controller in responding to a set point change or rejecting a disturbance. The closed loop time constant is computed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;aggressive performance: Tc is the larger of 0.1·Tp or 0.8·Өp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;moderate performance: Tc is the larger of 1·Tp or 8·Өp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;conservative performance: Tc is the larger of 10·Tp or 80·Өp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use the Recipe - It is Best Practice&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The FOPDT dynamic model of step 3 also provides us the information we need to decide other controller design issues, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Controller Action&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;Before implementing our controller, we must input the proper direction our controller should move to correct for growing errors. Some vendors use the term &quot;reverse acting&quot; and &quot;direct acting.&quot; Others use terms like &quot;up-up&quot; and &quot;up-down&quot; (as CO goes up, then PV goes up or down). This specification is determined solely by the sign of the process gain, Kp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Loop Sample Time, T&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;Process time constant, Tp, is the clock of a process. The size of Tp indicates the maximum desirable loop sample time. Best practice is to set loop sample time, T, at 10 times per time constant or faster (T ≤ 0.1Tp). Faster may provide modestly improved performance. Slower than five times per time constant leads to significantly degraded performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Dead Time Problems&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&amp;nbsp;As dead time grows greater than the process time constant (when Өp &amp;gt; Tp), controller performance can benefit from a model based dead time compensator such as the Smith predictor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt; &lt;em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Model Based Control&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;If we choose to employ a Smith predictor, or perhaps a dynamic feed forward element, a multivariable decoupler, or any other model based controller, we need a dynamic model of the process to enter into the control computer. The FOPDT model from step 3 of the recipe is usually appropriate for this task.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/2289394714835112201/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/nonlinear-process-behavior-deeisgn-of.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/2289394714835112201'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/2289394714835112201'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/nonlinear-process-behavior-deeisgn-of.html' title='Nonlinear Process Behavior &amp; DEEISGN OF CONTROL.'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-5584274018616847294</id><published>2011-03-22T13:18:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:18:15.751-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><title type='text'>Sample Time Impacts Controller Performance</title><content type='html'>There are two sample times, T, used in process controller design and tuning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the control loop sample time that specifies how often the controller samples the measured process variable (PV) and then computes and transmits a new controller output (CO) signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is the rate at which CO and PV data are sampled and recorded during a bump test of our process. Bump test data is used to design and tune our controller prior to implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, sampling too slow will have a negative impact on controller performance. Sampling faster will not necessarily provide better performance, but it is a safer direction to move if we have any doubts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fast and slow are relative terms defined by the process time constant, Tp. Best practice for both control loop sample time and bump test data collection are the same:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Best Practice:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Sample time should be 10 times per process time constant or faster (T ≤ 0.1Tp).&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;We explore this &quot;best practice&quot; rule in a detailed study here. This study employs some fairly advanced concepts, so it is placed further down in the Table of Contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yet perhaps we can gain an appreciation for how sample time impacts controller design and tuning with this thought experiment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;Suppose you see me standing on your left. You close your eyes for a time, open them, and now I am standing on your right. Do you know how long I have been at my new spot? Did I just arrive or have I been there for a while? What path did I take to get there? Did I move around in front or in back of you? Maybe I even jumped over you?&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;Now suppose your challenge is to keep your hands at your side until I pass by, and just as I do, you are to reach out and touch me. What are your chances with your eyes closed (and loud music is playing so you cannot hear me)?&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;Now lets say you are permitted to blink open your eyes briefly once per minute. Do you think you will have a better chance of touching me? How about blinking once every ten seconds? Clearly, as you start blinking say, two or three times a second, the task of touching me becomes easy. That&#39;s because you are sampling fast enough to see my &quot;process&quot; behavior fully and completely.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this thought experiment, sampling too slow is problematic and sampling faster is generally better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind the &quot;T ≤ 0.1Tp&quot; rule as we study PID control. This applies both to sampling during data collection, and the &quot;measure and act&quot; loop sample time when we implement our controller.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/5584274018616847294/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/sample-time-impacts-controller.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/5584274018616847294'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/5584274018616847294'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/sample-time-impacts-controller.html' title='Sample Time Impacts Controller Performance'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-3562351566445355617</id><published>2011-03-22T13:17:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:17:20.688-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Courses"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="motors"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="variability"/><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Process Data, Dynamic Modeling and a Recipe for Profitable Control&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best practice to follow a formal procedure or &quot;recipe&quot; when designing and tuning a PID (proportional-integral-derivative) controller. A recipe-based approach is the fastest method for moving a controller into operation. And perhaps most important, the performance of the controller will be superior to a controller tuned using a guess-and-test or trial-and-error method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, a recipe-based approach overcomes many of the concerns that make control projects challenging in a commercial operating environment. Specifically, the recipe-based method causes less disruption to the production schedule, wastes less raw material and utilities, requires less personnel time, and generates less off-spec product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The recipe for success is short:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Establish the design level of operation (DLO), defined as the expected values for set point and major disturbances during normal operation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bump the process and collect controller output (CO) to process variable (PV) dynamic process data around this design level&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Approximate the process data behavior with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the model parameters from step 3 in rules and correlations to complete the controller design and tuning.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;We explore each step of this recipe in detail in other articles on this site. For now, we introduce some initial thoughts about steps 2 and 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 2: Bumping Our Process and Collecting CO to PV Data&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From a controller&#39;s view, a complete control loop goes from wire out to wire in as shown below. Whenever we mention controller output (CO) or process variable (PV) data anywhere on this site, we are specifically referring to the data signals exiting and entering our controller at the wire termination interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/wireoutwireinloop.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To generate CO to PV data, we bump our process. That is, we step or pulse the CO (or the set point if in automatic mode as discussed here) and record PV data as the process responds. Here are three basic rules we follow in all of our examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Start with the process at steady state and record everything&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;The point of bumping the CO is to learn about the cause and effect relationship between it and the PV. With the plant initially at steady state, we are starting with a clean slate. The dynamic behavior of the process is then clearly isolated as the PV responds. It is important that we start capturing data before we make the initial CO bump and then sample and record quickly as the PV responds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure the PV response dominates the process noise&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;When performing a bump test, it is important that the CO moves far enough and fast enough to force a response that clearly dominates any noise or random error in the measured PV signal. If the CO to PV cause and effect response is clear enough to see by eye on a data plot, we can be confident that modern software can model it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;The disturbances should be quiet during the bump test&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;We desire that the dynamic test data contain PV response data that has been clearly, and in the ideal world exclusively, forced by changes in the CO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data that has been corrupted by unmeasured disturbances is of little value for controller design and tuning. The model (see below) will then incorrectly describe the CO to PV cause and effect relationship. And as a result, the controller will not perform correctly. If we are concerned that a disturbance event has corrupted test data, it is conservative to rerun the test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Step 4: Using Model Parameters For Design and Tuning&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The final step of the recipe states that once we have obtained model parameters that approximate the dynamic behavior of our process, we can complete the design and tuning of our PID controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We look ahead at this last step because this is where the payoff of the recipe-based approach is clear. To establish the merit, we assume for now that we have determined the design level of operation for our process (step 1), we have collected a proper data set rich in dynamic process information around this design level (step 2), and we have approximated the behavior revealed in the process data with a first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model (step 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thankfully, we do not need to know what a FOPDT model is or even what it looks like. But we do need to know about the three model parameters that result when we fit this approximating model to process data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FOPDT (first order plus dead time) model parameters, listed below, tell us important information about the measured process variable (PV) behavior whenever there is a change in the controller output (CO) signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;process gain, Kp (tells the direction and how far PV will travel)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;process time constant, Tp (tells how fast PV moves after it begins its response)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;process dead time, Өp (tells how much delay before PV first begins to respond)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt;Aside: we do not need to understand differential equations to appreciate the articles on this site. But for those interested, we note that the first order plus dead time (FOPDT) dynamic model has the form:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpics/fopdtmodelyellow.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Where: &lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt;PV(t) = measured process variable as a function of time&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt;CO(t - Өp) = controller output signal as a function of time and shifted by Өp &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt;Өp = process dead time &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style=&quot;background-color: #ffff99;&quot;&gt;t = time&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;The other variables are as listed above this box. It is a first order differential equation because it has one derivative with one time constant, Tp. It is called a first order plus dead time equation because it also directly accounts for a delay or dead time, Өp, in the CO(t) to PV(t) behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
We study what these three model parameters are and how to compute them in other articles, but here is why process gain, Kp, process time constant, Tp, and process dead time, Өp, are all important:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Tuning&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;These three model parameters can be plugged into proven correlations to directly compute P-Only, PI, PID, and PID with CO Filter tuning values. No more trial and error. No more tweaking our way to acceptable control. Great performance can be readily achieved with the step by step recipe listed above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Controller Action&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;Before implementing our controller, we must input the proper direction our controller should move to correct for growing errors. Some vendors use the term &quot;reverse acting&quot; and &quot;direct acting.&quot; Others use terms like &quot;up-up&quot; and &quot;up-down&quot; (as CO goes up, then PV goes up or down). This specification is determined solely by the sign of the process gain, Kp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Loop Sample Time, T&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;Process time constant, Tp, is the clock of a process. The size of Tp indicates the maximum desirable loop sample time. Best practice is to set loop sample time, T, at 10 times per time constant or faster (T ≤ 0.1Tp). Sampling faster will not necessarily provide better performance, but it is a safer direction to move if we have any doubts. Sampling too slowly will have a negative impact on controller performance. Sampling slower than five times per time constant will lead to degraded performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Dead Time Problems&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;As dead time grows larger than the process time constant (Өp &amp;gt; Tp), the control loop can benefit greatly from a model based dead time compensator such as a Smith predictor. The only way we know if Өp &amp;gt; Tp is if we have followed the recipe and computed the parameters of a FOPDT model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Model Based Control&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;If we choose to employ a Smith predictor, a dynamic feed forward element, a multivariable decoupler, or any other model based controller, we need a dynamic model of the process to enter into the control computer. The FOPDT model from step 2 of the recipe is often appropriate for this task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Fundamental to Success&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
With tuning values, loop specifications, performance diagnostics and advanced control all dependent on knowledge of a dynamic model, we begin to see that process gain, Kp; process time constant, Tp; and process dead time, Өp; are parameters of fundamental importance to success in process control.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/3562351566445355617/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/process-data-dynamic-modeling-and.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3562351566445355617'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/3562351566445355617'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/process-data-dynamic-modeling-and.html' title=''/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-5534974674189168629</id><published>2011-03-22T13:16:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:16:55.319-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="basics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="componenst"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="control loop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="loop"/><title type='text'>Control Loop Basics.</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;article&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body-text&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;editable&quot; id=&quot;body-text&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Components of a Control Loop&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A controller seeks to maintain the measured process variable (PV) at set point (SP) in spite of unmeasured disturbances (D). The major components of a control system include a sensor, a controller and a final control element. To design and implement a controller, we must:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;have identified a process variable we seek to regulate, be able to measure it (or something directly related to it) with a sensor, and be able to transmit that measurement as an electrical signal back to our controller, and&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;have a final control element (FCE) that can receive the controller output (CO) signal, react in some fashion to impact the process (e.g., a valve moves), and as a result cause the process variable to respond in a consistent and predictable fashion.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;b&gt;Home Temperature Control&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
As shown below, the home heating control system   can be organized as a traditional control loop block diagram. Block diagrams help us visualize the components of a loop and see how the pieces are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A home heating system is simple on/off control with many of the components contained in a small box mounted on our wall. Nevertheless, we introduce the idea of control loop diagrams by presenting a home heating system in the same way we would a more sophisticated commercial control application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/loophomesmall.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from the far right in the diagram above, our process variable of interest is house temperature. A sensor, such as a thermistor in a modern digital thermostat, measures temperature and transmits a signal to the controller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The measured temperature PV signal is subtracted from set point to compute controller error, e(t) = SP - PV. The action of the controller is based on this error, e(t).&lt;br /&gt;
In our home heating system, the controller output (CO) signal is limited to open/close for the fuel flow solenoid valve (our FCE). So in this example, if e(t) = SP - PV &amp;gt; 0, the controller signals to open the valve. If e(t) = SP - PV &amp;lt; 0, it signals to close the valve. As an aside, note that there also must be a safety interlock to ensure that the furnace burner switches on and off as the fuel flow valve opens and closes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the energy output of the furnace rises or falls, the temperature of our house increases or decreases and a feedback loop is complete. The important elements of a home heating control system can be organized like any commercial application:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Control Objective: maintain house temperature at SP in spite of disturbances&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Process Variable: house temperature&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Measurement Sensor: thermistor; or bimetallic strip coil on analog models&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Measured Process Variable (PV) Signal: signal transmitted from the thermistor&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set Point (SP): desired house temperature&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Controller Output (CO): signal to fuel valve actuator and furnace burner&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Final Control Element (FCE): solenoid valve for fuel flow to furnace&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manipulated Variable: fuel flow rate to furnace&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Disturbances (D): heat loss from doors, walls and windows; changing outdoor temperature; sunrise and sunset; rain...&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;A General Control Loop and Intermediate Value Control&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The home heating control loop above can be generalized into a block diagram pertinent to all feedback control loops as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/loopgeneralsmall.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Both diagrams above show a closed loop system based on negative feedback. That is, the controller takes actions that counteract or oppose any drift in the measured PV signal from set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the home heating system is on/off, our focus going forward shifts to intermediate value control loops. An intermediate value controller can generate a full range of CO signals anywhere between full on/off or open/closed. The PI algorithm and PID algorithm are examples of popular intermediate value controllers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To implement intermediate value control, we require a sensor that can measure a full range of our process variable, and a final control element that can receive and assume a full range of intermediate positions between full on/off or open/closed. This might include, for example, a process valve, variable speed pump or compressor, or heating or cooling element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note from the loop diagram that the process variable becomes our official PV only after it has been measured by a sensor and transmitted as an electrical signal to the controller. In industrial applications. these are most often implemented as 4-20 milliamps signals, though commercial instruments are available that have been calibrated in a host of amperage and voltage units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the loop closed as shown in the diagrams, we are said to be in automatic mode and the controller is making all adjustments to the FCE. If we were to open the loop and switch to manual mode, then we would be able to issue CO commands through buttons or a keyboard directly to the FCE. Hence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;open loop = manual mode&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;closed loop = automatic mode&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cruise Control and Measuring Our PV&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Cruise control in a car is a reasonably common intermediate value control system. For those who are unfamiliar with cruise control, here is how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We first enable the control system with a button on the car instrument panel. Once on the open road and at our desired cruising speed, we press a second button that switches the controller from manual mode (where car speed is adjusted by our foot) to automatic mode (where car speed is adjusted by the controller).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speed of the car at the moment we close the loop and switch from manual to automatic becomes the set point. The controller then continually computes and transmits corrective actions to the gas pedal (throttle) to maintain measured speed at set point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often cheaper and easier to measure and control a variable directly related to the process variable of interest. This idea is central to control system design and maintenance. And this is why the loop diagrams above distinguish between our &quot;process variable&quot; and our &quot;measured PV signal.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruise control serves to illustrate this idea. Actual car speed is challenging to measure. But transmission rotational speed can be measured reliably and inexpensively. The transmission connects the engine to the wheels, so as it spins faster or slower, the car speed directly increases or decreases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, we attach a small magnet to the rotating output shaft of the car transmission and a magnetic field detector (loops of wire and a simple circuit) to the body of the car above the magnet. With each rotation, the magnet passes by the detector and the event is registered by the circuitry as a &quot;click.&quot; As the drive shaft spins faster or slower, the click rate and car speed increase or decrease proportionally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So a cruise control system really adjusts fuel flow rate to maintain click rate at the set point value. With this knowledge, we can organize cruise control into the essential design elements:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Control Objective: maintain car speed at SP in spite of disturbances&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Process Variable: car speed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Measurement Sensor: magnet and coil to clock drive shaft rotation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Measured Process Variable (PV) Signal: &quot;click rate&quot; signal from the magnet and coil&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set Point (SP): desired car speed, recast in the controller as a desired click rate&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Controller Output (CO): signal to actuator that adjusts gas pedal (throttle)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Final Control Element (FCE): gas pedal position&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Manipulated Variable: fuel flow rate&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Disturbances (D): hills, wind, curves, passing trucks…&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;The traditional block diagram for cruise control is thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic07/loopcarsmall.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Instruments Should be Fast, Cheap and Easy&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The above magnet and coil &quot;click rate = car speed&quot; example introduces the idea that when purchasing an instrument for process control, there are wider considerations that can make a loop faster, easier and cheaper to implement and maintain. Here is a &quot;best practice&quot; checklist to use when considering an instrument purchase:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Low cost&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Easy to install and wire&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Compatible with existing instrument interface&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Low maintenance&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Rugged and robust&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Reliable and long lasting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sufficiently accurate and precise&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast to respond (small time constant and dead time)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Consistent with similar instrumentation already in the plant&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/5534974674189168629/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/control-loop-basics.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/5534974674189168629'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/5534974674189168629'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/control-loop-basics.html' title='Control Loop Basics.'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-472928878567481022</id><published>2011-03-22T13:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-22T13:14:46.006-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Control"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Controllers"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Safety"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="variability"/><title type='text'>Motivation and Terminology of Automatic Process Control</title><content type='html'>&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Automatic control systems enable us to operate our processes in a safe and profitable manner. Consider, as on this site, processes with streams comprised of gases, liquids, powders, slurries and melts. Control systems achieve this &quot;safe and profitable&quot; objective by continually measuring  &lt;strong&gt;process variables&lt;/strong&gt; such as temperature, pressure, level, flow and concentration - and taking actions such as opening valves, slowing down pumps and turning up heaters - all so that the measured process variables are maintained at operator specified set point values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Safety First&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The overriding motivation for automatic control is safety, which encompasses the safety of people, the environment and equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The safety of plant personnel and people in the community are the highest priority in any plant operation. The design of a process and associated control system must always make human safety the primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradeoff between safety of the environment and safety of equipment is considered on a case by case basis. At the extremes, the control system of a multi-billion dollar nuclear power facility will permit the entire plant to become ruined rather than allow significant radiation to be leaked to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the control system of a coal-fired power plant may permit a large cloud of smoke to be released to the environment rather than allowing damage to occur to, say, a single pump or compressor worth a few thousand dollars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The Profit Motive&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
When people, the environment and plant equipment are properly protected, our control objectives can focus on the profit motive. Automatic control systems offer strong benefits in this regard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plant-level control objectives motivated by profit include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;meeting final product specifications&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;minimizing waste production&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;minimizing environmental impact&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;minimizing energy use&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;maximizing overall production rate&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;It can be most profitable to operate as close as possible to these minimum or maximum objectives. For example, our customers often set our product specifications, and it is essential that we meet them if failing to do so means losing a sale.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose we are making a film or sheet product. It takes more raw material to make a product thicker than the minimum our customers will accept on delivery. Consequently, the closer we can operate to the minimum permitted thickness constraint without going under, the less material we use and the greater our profit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or perhaps we sell a product that tends to be contaminated with an impurity and our customers have set a maximum acceptable value for this contaminant. It takes more processing effort (more money) to remove impurities, so the closer we can operate to the maximum permitted impurity constraint without going over, the greater the profit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a product specification, energy usage, production rate, or other objective, approaching these targets ultimately translates into operating the individual process units within the plant as close as possible to predetermined set point values for temperature, pressure, level, flow, concentration and the other measured process variables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Controllers Reduce Variability&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the plot below, a poorly controlled process can exhibit large variability in a measured process variable (e.g., temperature, pressure, level, flow, concentration) over time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose, as in this example, the measured process variable (PV) must not exceed a maximum value. And as is often the case, the closer we can run to this operating constraint, the greater our profit (note the vertical axis label on the plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure our operating constraint limit is not exceeded, the operator-specified set point (SP), that is, the point where we want the control system to maintain our PV, must be set far from the constraint to ensure it is never violated. Note in the plot that SP is set at 50% when our PV is poorly controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/intropoorcontrol.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Below we see the same process with improved control. There is significantly less variability in the measured PV, and as a result, the SP can be moved closer to the operating constraint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the SP in the plot below moved to 55%, the average PV is maintained closer to the specification limit while still remaining below the maximum allowed value. The result is increased profitability of our operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/introgoodcontrol.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Terminology of Control&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We establish the jargon for this site by discussing a home heating control system as illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a simplistic example because a home furnace is either on or off. Most control challenges have a final control element (FCE), such as a valve, pump or compressor, that can receive and respond to a complete range of controller output (CO) signals between full on and full off. This would include, for example, a valve that can be open 37% or a pump that can be running at 73%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For our home heating process, the control objective is to keep the measured process variable (PV) at the set point value (SP) in spite of unmeasured disturbances (D).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For our home heating system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;PV = process variable is house temperature &lt;br /&gt;
CO = controller output signal from thermostat to furnace valve &lt;br /&gt;
SP = set point is the desired temperature set on the thermostat by the home owner &lt;br /&gt;
D = heat loss disturbances from doors, walls and windows; changing outdoor temperature; sunrise and sunset; rain...&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;margin-left: 40px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;baseline&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.controlguru.com/postpic2/introhomeheat.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve this control objective, the measured process variable is compared to the thermostat set point. The difference between the two is the controller error, which is used in a control algorithm such as a PID (proportional-integral-derivative) controller to compute a CO signal to the final control element (FCE).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The change in the controller output (CO) signal causes a response in the final control element (fuel flow valve), which subsequently causes a change in the  &lt;strong&gt;manipulated process variable&lt;/strong&gt; (flow of fuel to the furnace). If the manipulated process variable is moved in the right direction and by the right amount, the measured process variable will be maintained at set point, thus satisfying the control objective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example, like all in process control, involves a measurement, computation and action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;is the measured temp colder than set point (SP - PV &amp;gt; 0)? Then open the valve.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;is the measured temp hotter than set point (SP - PV &amp;lt; 0)? Then close the valve.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that computing the necessary controller action is based on controller error, or the difference between the set point and the measured process variable, i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;e(t) = SP - PV&lt;/strong&gt; (error = set point - measured process variable)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a home heating process, control is an on/off or open/close decision. And as outlined above, it is a straightforward decision to make. The price of such simplicity, however, is that the capability to tightly regulate our measured PV is rather limited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One situation not addressed above is the action to take when PV = SP (i.e., e(t) = 0). And in industrial practice, we are concerned with  &lt;strong&gt;variable position&lt;/strong&gt; final control elements, so the challenge elevates to computing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;the direction to move the valve, pump, compressor, heating element...&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;how far to move it at this moment&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;how long to wait before moving it again&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;whether there should be a delay between measurement and action&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/472928878567481022/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/motivation-and-terminology-of-automatic.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/472928878567481022'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/472928878567481022'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/motivation-and-terminology-of-automatic.html' title='Motivation and Terminology of Automatic Process Control'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-4529701571635266309</id><published>2011-03-15T06:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-16T23:09:39.631-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="motors"/><title type='text'>AC/DC motor details.</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2 align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;Basic Motor Theory        &lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Introduction         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;It  has been said that if the Ancient Romans, with their  advanced   civilization and knowledge of the sciences, had been able to  develop a   steam motor, the course of history would have been much  different. The   development of the electric motor in modern times has  indicated the   truth in this theory. The development of the electric  motor has given  us  the most efficient and effective means to do work  known to man.  Because  of the electric motor we have been able to  greatly reduce the   painstaking toil of man&#39;s survival and have been  able to build a   civilization which is now reaching to the stars. The  electric motor is a   simple device in principle. It converts electric  energy into  mechanical  energy. Over the years, electric motors have  changed  substantially in  design, however the basic principles have  remained  the same. In this  section of the Action Guide we will discuss  these  basic motor  principles. We will discuss the phenomena of  magnetism, AC  current and  basic motor operation.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;        &lt;h4 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;Magnetism &lt;/span&gt;        &lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/span&gt;                Now, before we discuss basic motor operation a short   review of  magnetism might be helpful to many of us. We all know that a   permanent  magnet will attract and hold metal objects when the object  is  near or in  contact with the magnet. The permanent magnet is able to  do  this  because of its inherent magnetic force which is referred to  as a   &quot;magnetic field&quot;. In Figure 1 , the magnetic field of two  permanent   magnets are represented by &quot;lines of flux&quot;. These lines of  flux help us   to visualize the magnetic field of any magnet even though  they only   represent an invisible phenomena. The number of lines of  flux vary from   one magnetic field to another. The stronger the  magnetic field, the   greater the number of lines of flux which are  drawn to represent the   magnetic field. The lines of flux are drawn  with a direction indicated   since we should visualize these lines and  the magnetic field they   represent as having a distinct movement from a  N-pole to a S-pole as   shown in Figure 1. Another but similar type of  magnetic field is   produced around an electrical conductor when an  electric current is   passed through the conductor as shown in Figure  2-a. These lines of flux   define the magnetic field and are in the form  of concentric circles   around the wire. Some of you may remember the  old &quot;Left Hand Rule&quot; as   shown in Figure 2-b. The rule states that if  you point the thumb of your   left hand in the direction of the current,  your fingers will point in   the direction of the magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig1.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 1 - The lines of flux of a magnetic field travel from the N-pole to the S-pole.&lt;/i&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig2.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 2 - The flow of electrical current in a conductor sets up concentric lines of magnetic flux around the conductor.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig3.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 3 - The magnetic lines around a current carrying conductor leave from the N-pole and re-enter at the S-pole.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When   the wire is shaped into a coil as shown in Figure 3, all the    individual flux lines produced by each section of wire join together to    form one large magnetic field around the total coil. As with the    permanent magnet, these flux lines leave the north of the coil and    re-enter the coil at its south pole. The magnetic field of a wire coil    is much greater and more localized than the magnetic field around the    plain conductor before being formed into a coil. This magnetic field    around the coil can be strengthened even more by placing a core of iron    or similar metal in the center of the core. The metal core presents   less  resistance to the lines of flux than the air, thereby causing the   field  strength to increase. (This is exactly how a stator coil is  made;  a  coil of wire with a steel core.) The advantage of a magnetic  field  which  is produced by a current carrying coil of wire is that  when the  current  is reversed in direction the poles of the magnetic  field will  switch  positions since the lines of flux have changed  direction. This   phenomenon is illustrated in Figure 4. Without this  magnetic phenomenon   existing, the AC motor as we know it today would  not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig4.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 4 - The poles of an electro-magnetic coil change when the direction of current flow changes.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Magnetic Propulsion Within A Motor&lt;/span&gt;         &lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The   basic principle of all motors can easily be shown using two    electromagnets and a permanent magnet. Current is passed through coil    no. 1 in such a direction that a north pole is established and through    coil no. 2 in such a direction that a south pole is established. A    permanent magnet with a north and south pole is the moving part of this    simple motor. In Figure 5-a the north pole of the permanent magnet is    opposite the north pole of the electromagnet. Similarly, the south  poles   are opposite each other. Like magnetic poles repel each other,  causing   the movable permanent magnet to begin to turn. After it turns  part way   around, the force of attraction between the unlike poles  becomes  strong  enough to keep the permanent magnet rotating. The  rotating  magnet  continues to turn until the unlike poles are lined up.  At this  point the  rotor would normally stop because of the attraction  between  the unlike  poles. (Figure 5-b)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig5.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 5        &lt;/i&gt;                       If, however, the direction of currents in the   electromagnetic  coils was suddenly reversed, thereby reversing the   polarity of the two  coils, then the poles would again be opposites and   repel each other.  (Figure 5-c). The movable permanent magnet would  then  continue to  rotate. If the current direction in the  electromagnetic  coils was  changed every time the magnet turned 180  degrees or halfway  around,then  the magnet would continue to rotate.  This simple device is a  motor in  its simplest form. An actual motor is  more complex than the  simple  device shown above, but the principle is  the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/post-edit.g?blogID=1670914932070042473&amp;amp;postID=4529701571635266309&quot; name=&quot;accur&quot;&gt;        &lt;h4 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;AC Current         &lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
How   is the current reversed in the coil so as to change the coils    polarity, you ask. Well, as you probably know, the difference between DC    and AC is that with DC the current flows in only one direction while    with AC the direction of current flow changes periodically. In the  case   of common AC that is used throughout most of the United States,  the   current flow changes direction 120 times every second. This  current is   referred to as &quot;60 cycle AC&quot; or &quot;60 Hertz AC&quot; in honor of  Mr. Hertz who   first conceived the AC current concept. Another  characteristic of   current flow is that it can vary in quantity. We can  have a 5 amp, 10   amp or 100 amp flow for instance. With pure DC, this  means that the   current flow is actually 5,10, or 100 amps on a  continuous basis. We can   visualize this on a simple time-current graph  by a straight line as   shown in Figure 6.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig6.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;i&gt;Figure 6 - Visualization of DC        &lt;/i&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;
But   with AC it is different. As you can well imagine, it would be  rather   difficult for the current to be flowing at say 100 amps in a  positive   direction one moment and then at the next moment be flowing at  an  equal  intensity in the negative direction. Instead, as the current is    getting ready to change directions, it first tapers off until it    reaches zero flow and then gradually builds up in the other direction.    See Figure 7. Note that the maximum current flow (the peaks of the  line)   in each direction is more than the specified value (100 amps in  this   case). Therefore, the specified value is given as an average. It  is   actually called a &quot;root mean square&quot; value, but don&#39;t worry about    remembering this because it is of no importance to us at this time.  What   is important in our study of motors, is to realize that the  strength  of  the magnetic field produced by an AC electro-magnetic coil  increases   and decreases with the increase and decrease of this  alternating  current  flow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig7.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Basic AC Motor Operation         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An   AC motor has two basic electrical parts: a &quot;stator&quot; and a  &quot;rotor&quot; as   shown in Figure 8. The stator is in the stationary electrical    component. It consists of a group of individual electro-magnets    arranged in such a way that they form a hollow cylinder, with one pole    of each magnet facing toward the center of the group. The term,  &quot;stator&quot;   is derived from the word stationary. The stator then is the  stationary   part of the motor. The rotor is the rotating electrical  component. It   also consists of a group of electro-magnets arranged  around a cylinder,   with the poles facing toward the stator poles. The  rotor, obviously,  is  located inside the stator and is mounted on the  motor&#39;s shaft. The  term  &quot;rotor&quot; is derived from the word rotating. The  rotor then is the   rotating part of the motor. The objective of these  motor components is   to make the rotor rotate which in turn will rotate  the motor shaft. This   rotation will occur because of the previously  discussed magnetic   phenomenon that unlike magnetic poles attract each  other and like poles   repel. If we progressively change the polarity of  the stator poles in   such a way that their combined magnetic field  rotates, then the rotor   will follow and rotate with the magnetic field  of the stator.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;236&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig8.gif&quot; width=&quot;470&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 8 - Basic electrical components of an AC motor.        &lt;/i&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This   &quot;rotating magnetic fields of the stator can be better  understood by   examining Figure 9. As shown, the stator has six magnetic  poles and the   rotor has two poles. At time 1, stator poles A-1 and C-2  are north   poles and the opposite poles, A-2 and C-1, are south poles.  The S-pole   of the rotor is attracted by the two N-poles of the stator  and the   N-pole of the rotor is attracted by the two south poles of the  stator.   At time 2, the polarity of the stator poles is changed so that  now C-2   and B-1 and N-poles and C-1 and B-2 are S-poles. The rotor then  is   forced to rotate 60 degrees to line up with the stator poles as  shown.   At time 3, B-1 and A-2 are N. At time 4, A-2 and C-1 are N. As  each   change is made, the poles of the rotor are attracted by the  opposite   poles on the stator. Thus, as the magnetic field of the stator  rotates,   the rotor is forced to rotate with it.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig9.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 9 - The rotating magnetic field of an AC motor.        &lt;/i&gt;                       One way to produce a rotating magnetic field in  the  stator of an  AC motor is to use a three-phase power supply for the   stator coils.  What, you may ask, is three-phase power? The answer to   that question can  be better understood if we first examine  single-phase  power. Figure 7  is the visualization of single-phase  power. The  associated AC generator  is producing just one flow of  electrical  current whose direction and  intensity varies as indicated  by the single  solid line on the graph.  From time 0 to time 3, current  is flowing in  the conductor in the  positive direction. From time 3 to  time 6, current  is flowing in the  negative. At any one time, the  current is only  flowing in one direction.  But some generators produce  three separate  current flows (phases) all  superimposed on the same  circuit. This is  referred to as three-phase  power. At any one instant,  however, the  direction and intensity of each  separate current flow  are not the same  as the other phases. This is  illustrated in Figure  10. The three  separate phases (current flows) are  labeled A, B and C.  At time 1,  phase A is at zero amps, phase B is near  its maximum  amperage and  flowing in the positive direction, and phase C  is near to  its maximum  amperage but flowing in the negative direction.  At time  2, the amperage  of phase A is increasing and flow is positive,  the  amperage of phase B  is decreasing and its flow is still negative,  and  phase C has dropped  to zero amps. A complete cycle (from zero to   maximum in one direction,  to zero and to maximum in the other  direction,  and back to zero) takes  one complete revolution of the  generator.  Therefore, a complete cycle,  is said to have 360 electrical  degrees. In  examining Figure 10, we see  that each phase is displaced  120 degrees  from the other two phases.  Therefore, we say they are 120  degrees out of  phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig10.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 10 - The pattern of the separate phases of three-phase power.        &lt;/i&gt;                       To produce a rotating magnetic field in the stator   of a  three-phase AC motor, all that needs to be done is wind the  stator  coils  properly and connect the power supply leads correctly.  The  connection  for a 6 pole stator is shown in Figure 11. Each phase  of the  three-phase  power supply is connected to opposite poles and the   associated coils  are wound in the same direction. As you will recall   from Figure 4, the  polarity of the poles of an electro-magnet are   determined by the  direction of the current flow through the coil.   Therefore, if two  opposite stator electro-magnets are wound in the same   direction, the  polarity of the facing poles must be opposite.   Therefore, when pole A1  is N, pole A2 is S. When pole B1 is N, B2 is S   and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;268&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig11.gif&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&lt;i&gt;Figure 11 - Method of connecting three-phase power to a six-pole stator.        &lt;/i&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;
Figure   12 shows how the rotating magnetic field is produced. At  time1, the   current flow in the phase &quot;A&quot; poles is positive and pole A-1  is N. The   current flow in the phase &quot;C&quot; poles is negative, making C-2 a  N-pole   and C-1 is S. There is no current flow in phase &quot;B&quot;, so these  poles are   not magnetized. At time 2, the phases have shifted 60 degrees,  making   poles C-2 and B-1 both N and C-1 and B-2 both S. Thus, as the  phases   shift their current flow, the resultant N and S poles move  clockwise   around the stator, producing a rotating magnetic field. The  rotor acts   like a bar magnet, being pulled along by the rotating  magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig12.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;igure 12 - How three-phase power produces a rotating magnetic field.        &lt;/i&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;
Up   to this point not much has been said about the rotor. In the  previous   examples, it has been assumed the rotor poles were wound with  coils,   just as the stator poles, and supplied with DC to create fixed   polarity  poles. This, by the way, is exactly how a synchronous AC motor   works.  However, most AC motors being used today are not synchronous   motors.  Instead, so-called &quot;induction&quot; motors are the workhorses of   industry.  So how is an induction motor different? The big difference is   the  manner in which current is supplied to the rotor. This is no   external  power supply. As you might imagine from the motor&#39;s name, an   induction  technique is used instead. Induction is another  characteristic  of  magnetism. It is a natural phenomena which occurs  when a conductor   (aluminum bars in the case of a rotor, see Figure 13)  is moved through   an existing magnetic field or when a magnetic field  is moved past a   conductor. In either case, the relative motion of the  two causes an   electric current to flow in the conductor. This is  referred to as   &quot;induced&quot; current flow. In other words, in an induction  motor the   current flow in the rotor is not caused by any direct  connection of the   conductors to a voltage source, but rather by the  influence of the  rotor  conductors cutting across the lines of flux  produced by the  stator  magnetic fields. The induced current which is  produced in the  rotor  results in a magnetic field around the rotor  conductors as shown  in  Figure 14. This magnetic field around each  rotor conductor will  cause  each rotor conductor to act like the  permanent magnet in the  Figure 9  example. As the magnetic field of the  stator rotates, due to  the effect  of the three-phase AC power supply,  the induced magnetic  field of the  rotor will be attracted and will  follow the rotation. The  rotor is  connected to the motor shaft, so the  shaft will rotate and  drive the  connection load. That&#39;s how a motor  works! Simple, was it  not?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;167&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig13.gif&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Figure 13 - Construction of an AC induction motor&#39;s rotor.        &lt;/i&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;256&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtfig14.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;        Figure 14 - How voltage is induced in the rotor, resulting in current flow in the rotor conductors.        &lt;/i&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-large;&quot;&gt;DC Motor Theory        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h5 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Preface &lt;/span&gt;       &lt;/h5&gt;The   intent of this paper is to provide one with an understanding  of DC   Motors in order that they can be applied with confidence. This  paper   contains basic information and specific information that applies  to   Reliance Medium HP and Large HP DC Motors. Due to the nature of  Baldor   Systems business, emphasis has been placed on the Large DC motor    product line.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: purple; font-size: large;&quot;&gt;        &lt;h5 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;Section 1: Dynamo Development        &lt;/h5&gt;&lt;/span&gt;                The first generators and motors were called dynamos or    dynamoelertric machines. Dynamo is from the Greek word dynamis which    means power. Webster defines dynamoelectric as &quot;relating to the    conversion of mechanical energy into electrical energy or vice versa&quot;.    The word motor is from the Latin word motus which means one that  imparts   motion or prime mover. The dynamo was the result of the  efforts of   several people, in different countries, in the  mid-nineteenth century,   to make electricity work for them.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Definitions       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;4&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Dynamo:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;From the Greek word dynamis, which means power         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Dynamoelectric:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Relating to the conversion by induction of mechanical energy into electrical energy or vice versa         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; nowrap=&quot;nowrap&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Dynamoelectric machine:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;A dynamo or generator         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Motor:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;From   the Latin word motus, one that imparts motion, prime  mover. A device   that changes electrical energy into mechanical energy.         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Generator:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;A   device that changes mechanical energy into electrical energy.   Although  the terms AC and DC generator are in common usage, a generator   is  normally considered to be a device that provides DC current.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Alternator:         &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;A device that changes mechanical energy into an alternating current electrical energy, an AC generator.         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Landmarks Of Electric Motor Development       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;4&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;1820 The discovery of electromagnetism Hans Christian Oersted, Danish         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;1827 The statement of the law of electric conduction, Ohm&#39;s law George S. Ohm, German         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;1830 The discovery of electromagnetic induction Joseph Henry, American         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;1831 The discovery of electromagnetic induction Michael Faraday, English         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The first practical dynamo, about 1867       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h5 align=&quot;LEFT&quot;&gt;Section 2: Electric Motor And Generator Basics       &lt;/h5&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Electrodynamic Principles        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Faraday&#39;s Law       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
In   order that current can be obtained from an electric circuit, an    electromotive force (voltage) must be established and maintained    between the two ends of the circuit. This electromotive force may be    established in several ways, one of which is by means of an    electromagnetic generator.       &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Faraday discovered that   an electric potential can be  established between the ends of a   conductor in the following three ways:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul type=&quot;DISC&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;By a conductor moving or cutting across a stationary magnetic field. (DC Generator)        &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By a moving magnetic field cutting across a stationary conductor. (AC Generator)        &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By a change in the number of magnetic lines enclosed by a stationary loop or coil. (Transformer)       &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Faraday&#39;s law states that, &quot;the EMF (electromotive   force) induced  between the ends of a loop or coil is proportional to   the rate of change  of magnetic flux enclosed by the coil; or the EMF   induced between the  ends of a bar conductor is proportional to the time   rate at which  magnetic flux is cut by the conductor.&quot;       &lt;br /&gt;
This law emphasizes rate of change or rate or flux cutting rather than density or extent of magnetic field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Lenz&#39;s Law&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Lenz&#39;s   Law states that, &quot;A change in the magnetic flux passing  through or   linking with, a loop or coil causes EMF to be induced in a  direction to   oppose any change in circuit conditions, this opposition  being   produced magnetically when current flows in response to the  induced   EMF.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever there is a change in current in a   magnetizing coil, which  works to change the flux in the coil, a voltage   is induced which tends  to prevent the change. Thus, if we attempt to   diminish the current  flowing in a magnetizing coil, a voltage will be   developed that will  tend to keep the current unchanged. Likewise, if  we  attempt to establish  a current in a magnetizing coil, a voltage  will  be developed that will  tend to keep the current from increasing.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Generator Basic Principles        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Energy Conversion       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
To   produce voltage, it is necessary to move a conductor through a    magnetic field as stated above. Mechanical energy is required to provide    motion to this conductor. With the field energy remaining constant,   the  conductor is changing mechanical energy into electrical energy.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Voltage Generation       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
There  is  a definite relationship between the direction of the  magnetic flux,   the direction of motion of the conductor and the  direction of the   induced EMF. Figure 1 shows the motion of the conductor  perpendicular   to the magnetic field. The voltage and current output are  perpendicular   to both the motion of the conductor and the magnetic  field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;132&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig1.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 1.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Voltage Generation          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;To illustrate this with Fleming&#39;s right hand rule,   the thumb and  first two fingers of the right hand are extended at right   angles to one  another, the thumb will indicate the direction of  motion  of the  conductor, the forefinger will indicate the direction of  the  magnetic  field, and the middle finger will indicate the direction  of  voltage or  current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying this rule, one can  see  that the current will reverse if  the motion of the conductor  changes  from down to up. This is true even  though the magnetic field  does not  change position. Therefore, the  rotating coil in Figure 2  will produce a  voltage which is continually  changing direction.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;160&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig2.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 2.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Revolving Coil in a Magnetic Field          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol start=&quot;1&quot; type=&quot;A&quot;&gt;&lt;li&gt;Voltage Induced in Conductor Moving Through a Magnetic Field           &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolving Coil in a Magnetic Field          &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;The coil in position AB, in figure 2, encloses the   maximum amount  of flux. The flux decreases as the coil moves toward   position CD and  becomes zero at CD, since the plane of the coil is   parallel to the  magnetic field. Then the flux increases in the opposite   direction,  reaching a negative maximum at BA and diminishing again to   zero at DC.  The flux reverses and increases again in the original   direction to reach  a maximum at AB.       &lt;br /&gt;
Although the flux is   maximum at positions AB and BA and zero at  positions CD and DC, the   induced EMF will be maximum at positions CD and  DC and zero at   positions AB and BA. This is true because the EMF  depends upon the rate   of change of flux or rate of cutting flux lines  and not upon the   quantity enclosed.       &lt;br /&gt;
If the coil in Figure 2 were rotated at a   constant speed in a  uniform magnetic field, a sine wave of voltage   would be obtained. This  is shown in Figure 3 where both the amount of   flux enclosed and the EMF  induced are plotted against time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;241&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig3.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 3.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Voltage Sine Wave Produced by rotation of a coil at constant speed in a uniform magnetic field.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Value of Generated Voltage       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   EMF at any instant of time is proportional to the number of  turns in   the coil times rate of change of flux. The C.G.S. (centimeter  gram   second) unit of EMF known as the abvolt is defined as that value    induced, in a coil of one turn, when the flux linking with the coil is    changing at the rate of one line or Maxwell per second; or as that  value   induced when magnetic flux is being cut by the conductor at the  rate  of  one line per second. A volt is equal to 108 abvolts or an  abvolt is   equal to 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; volts. Therefore, the instantaneous value of voltage is expressed as:        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;e = N x (d &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;/ dt) x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;e = voltage         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = the number of turns         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;d &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;/ dt = the rate of change of flux &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;This equation can be further developed to obtain the   voltage for  movement of a conductor at constant velocity through a   uniform magnetic  field:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = N B &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;v sin &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/theta.gif&quot; /&gt;x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = voltage         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = number of turns         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = flux density in lines per square inch         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = length of the conductor in inches         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;v = velocity in inches per second         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/theta.gif&quot; /&gt;          = the angle between the conductor and flux field         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;If the conductor moves directly across the field at right angles to it, then        &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/theta.gif&quot; /&gt;       = 90° and sin        &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/theta.gif&quot; /&gt;       = 1. The equation then becomes:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = N B &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;v x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;It should be noted that this equation is a special form of the original equation and is not applicable in all cases.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;MOTOR BASIC PRINCIPLES        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Energy Conversion       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
As   stated above, mechanical energy is changed into electrical  energy by   movement of conductor through a magnetic field. The converse  of this  is  also true. If electrical energy is supplied to a conductor  lying   normal to a magnetic field, resulting in current flow in the  conductor,   a mechanical force and thus mechanical energy will be  produced.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Producing Mechanical Force       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
As   in the generator, the motor has a definite relationship between  the   direction of the magnetic flux, the direction of motion of the    conductor or force, and the direction of the applied voltage or current.         &lt;br /&gt;
Since the motor is the reverse of the generator,  Fleming&#39;s  left  hand rule can be used. If the thumb and first two  fingers of the  left  hand are extended at right angles to one another,  the thumb will   indicate the direction of motion, the forefinger will  indicate the   direction of the magnetic field, and the middle finger  will indicate the   direction of current. In either the motor or  generator, if the   directions of any two factors are known, the third  can be easily   determined.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Value of Mechanical Force       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   force exerted upon a current carrying conductor is dependent  upon the   density of the magnetic field, the length of conductor, and the  value   of current flowing in the conductor. Assuming that the conductor  is   located at right angles to the magnetic field, the force developed  can   be expressed as follows:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = (B &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;I) / 10 &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = force in dynes         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = flux density in lines per square centimeter         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = length of the conductor in centimeters         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I = current in amperes.         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;At the same time torque is being produced, the   conductors are  moving in a magnetic field and generating a voltage.   This voltage is in  opposition to the voltage that causes current flow   through the conductor  and is referred to as a countervoltage or back   EMF. The value of  current flowing through the armature is dependent   upon the difference  between the applied voltage and the countervoltage.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Sample Calculations       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Generator       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Given:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = 60 turns         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = 40,000 lines per square inch          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = 3.0 inches         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;v = 600 inches per second         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;Find:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = voltage         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = 60 x 40,000 x 3 x 600 x 10-8 = 43.2 volts         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Motor       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Given:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = 6,000 lines per square centimeter         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = 10 Centimeters         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I = 50 amps         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;Find:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = force &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = (6,000 x 10 x 50) / 10 = 300,000 dynes&lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Newtons = Pounds x 4.44823&lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Dynes = Newtons x 100,000&lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;DC Machines, Principles Of Operation        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;Generator&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
In   a generator, moving a conductor through a stationary magnetic  field   generates voltage. If a coil is rotated through a magnetic field  as   shown in Figure 4, an alternating voltage will be produced. To make    this voltage available to a stationary external circuit, two slip rings    and brushes must be provided. For the external circuit to produce DC    voltage, it is necessary to reverse the polarity of the external leads    at the same time the voltage in the coil is reversed. This is    accomplished by segmenting a slip ring to form what is called a    commutator. An elementary two segment commutator is illustrated in    Figure 5. This single coil, two piece commutator will yield an    unidirectional but pulsating voltage as shown in Figure 6. However, when    a large number of commutator segments or bars is used, the resulting    voltage will be more uniform as shown in Figure 7.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;122&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig4.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 4.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Brushes and slip rings provide AC voltage          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;121&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig5.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 5.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Brushes and Commutator provides DC voltage          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;292&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig6.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 6.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Unidirectional, Pulsating Voltage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;321&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig7.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 7.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Uniform DC Voltage       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As stated above, the generated voltage in a single conductor is:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = N B &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;v x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = flux density in lines per square inch         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = length of the conductor in inches         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;v = velocity in inches per second         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;This equation can be developed to the following equation for DC machines:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = (Z / paths) x &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;x poles x (rpm / 60) x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Z = total number of conductors         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/theta.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole in lines         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;This equation represents the average voltage. For a given machine, it can be reduced to:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;S &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;S = speed in rpm         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; = all other factors &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Motor&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;       &lt;/div&gt;As  stated  previously, if current is supplied to a conductor in a   magnetic field, a  force will be produced. The force developed in a   single conductor is:        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = (B           &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          I) / 10         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;F = force in dynes         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;B = flux density in lines per square centimeter         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/scrl.gif&quot; /&gt;          = length of the conductor in centimeters         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I = current in amperes         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;This equation can be developed to the following for DC motors:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;T = 11.73 x (Z / paths) x &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;x poles x I&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; x 10&lt;sup&gt;-10&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;T = torque in ft-lb         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Z = total number of conductors         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole in lines         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I = current in amperes         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;For a given machine, this can be reduced to:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;T = K&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;IA &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole in lines         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; = current in amperes &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;K&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; = all other factors &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;K&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; is not the same as the K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;   for voltage.  The above torque is not the output torque of the shaft,   but rather the  total torque developed by the armature. Part of this   total torque is  needed to overcome the inertia of the armature itself.         &lt;br /&gt;
The horsepower output of any motor can be expressed as:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;HP = T x N / C         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;T = output torque in ft-lb         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = speed in rpm         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;C = the constant 5252         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;DC General Construction        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;A  typical DC generator or motor usually consists of: An  armature  core,  an air gap, poles, and a yoke which form the magnetic  circuit; an   armature winding, a field winding, brushes and a commutator  which form   the electric circuit; and a frame, end bells, bearings,  brush supports   and a shaft which provide the mechanical support. See  figure 8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;398&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig8.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 8.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Pole DC Motor       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Armature Core or Stack       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   armature stack is made up thin magnetic steel laminations  stamped  from  sheet steel with a blanking die. Slots are punched in the   lamination  with a slot die. Sometimes these two operations are done as   one. The  laminations are welded, riveted, bolted or bonded together.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Armature Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   armature winding is the winding, which fits in the armature  slots and   is eventually connected to the commutator. It either generates  or   receives the voltage depending on whether the unit is a generator or    motor. The armature winding usually consists of copper wire, either    round or rectangular and is insulated from the armature stack.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Field Poles       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   pole cores can be made from solid steel castings or from  laminations.   At the air gap, the pole usually fans out into what is  known as a  pole  head or pole shoe. This is done to reduce the reluctance  of the  air  gap. Normally the field coils are formed and placed on the  pole  cores  and then the whole assembly is mounted to the yoke.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Field Coils       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   field coils are those windings, which are located on the poles  and  set  up the magnetic fields in the machine. They also usually  consist  of  copper wire are insulated from the poles. The field coils may  be  either  shunt windings (in parallel with the armature winding) or   series  windings (in series with the armature winding) or a combination   of  both.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Yoke       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The  yoke is a  circular steel ring, which supports the field, poles   mechanically and  provides the necessary magnetic path between the pole.   The yoke can be  solid or laminated. In many DC machines, the yoke  also  serves as the  frame.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Commutator       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   commutator is the mechanical rectifier, which changes the AC  voltage  of  the rotating conductors to DC voltage. It consists of a  number of   segments normally equal to the number of slots. The segments  or   commutator bars are made of silver bearing copper and are separated    from each other by mica insulation.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Brushes and Brush Holders       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Brushes   conduct the current from the commutator to the external  circuit.  There  are many types of brushes. A brush holder is usually a  metal box  that  is rectangular in shape. The brush holder has a spring  that  holds the  brush in contact with the commutator. Each brush usually  has  a flexible  copper shunt or pigtail, which extends to the lead wires.   Often, the  entire brush assembly is insulated from the frame and is   made movable  as a unit about the commutator to allow for adjustment.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Interpoles       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Interpoles   are similar to the main field poles and located on the  yoke between   the main field poles. They have windings in series with the  armature   winding. Interpoles have the function of reducing the armature  reaction   effect in the commutating zone. They eliminate the need to  shift the   brush assembly.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Frame, End Bells, Shaft, and Bearings       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   frame and end bells are usually steel, aluminum or magnesium  castings   used to enclose and support the basic machine parts. The  armature is   mounted on a steel shaft, which is supported between two  bearings. The   bearings are either sleeve, ball or roller type. They are  normally   lubricated by grease or oil.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Back End, Front End       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   load end of the motor is the Back End. The opposite load end,  most   often the commutator end, is the Front End of the motor.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Armature Windings&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Gramme Ring Winding&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   old Gramme Ring type winding, now obsolete, is shown in Figure  9 and   its equivalent circuit in Figure 10. It can be seen that there  are an   equal number of voltage-generating conductors on each side of the    armature and the conductor voltages are additive from bottom to top on    each side. There are two paths between the positive and negative  brushes   and the voltage per path is the generated voltage of the  machine. Each   path provides half of the current output.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;180&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig9.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 9.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Two Pole Gramme Ring Winding          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;79&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig10.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 10.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Equivalent Circuit, Two Pole Gramme Ring Winding          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Drum Winding        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/b&gt;       The Drum type winding is made of coils, one of which is    illustrated in Figure 11. The straight portions of the coil are the    parts rotating through the magnetic field in which the voltage is    induced. Therefore, each single coil has two conductors. This has the    advantage over the Gramme Ring winding where only one side of each coil    is used as an active conductor. There are two classes of drum windings    depending upon how the coils are connected to the commutator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;126&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig11.gif&quot; width=&quot;67&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 11.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Drum Type Winding Coil          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Lap Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
When   the end connections of the coils are brought to adjacent bars  as  shown  in Figure 12, a lap or parallel winding is formed. In this  type   winding, there are as many paths through the armature as there are    poles on the machine. Therefore, to obtain full use of this type    winding, there must be as many brushes as there are poles, alternate    brushes being positive and negative. Any winding can be illustrated in    one of two forms, the circular form or the development form. A simplex    lap winding is shown in Figure 13 (circular form) and Figure 14    (development form.) In this particular circular form, the flux cutting    portions of the conductors are shown as straight lines radiating from    the center and are numbered for convenience in connecting them to the    commutator which is in the center of the diagram. The outermost    connecting lines represent the end connections on the back of the    armature and the inner connecting lines represent the connections on the    front or commutator end of the armature. The development form of    winding represents the armature as if it were split open and rolled out    flat. It is somewhat simpler to understand but the continuity of the    winding is broken. The lap winding is best suited for low voltage, high    current ratings because of the number of parallel paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;169&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig12.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 12.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Lap Winding connected to commutator bars          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;259&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig13.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 13.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Simplex Lap Winding, Circular Form          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;202&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig14.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 14.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;Simplex Lap Winding, Development Form       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Wave Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
When   the end connections of the coils are spread apart as shown in  Figure   15 a wave or series winding is formed. In a wave winding there  are  only  two paths regardless of the number of poles. Therefore, this  type   winding requires only two brushes but can use as many brushes as   poles.  The simplex wave winding in Figure 16 (circular) and Figure 17    (development) shows that the connections to the armature do not lap  back   toward the coil but progress forward. The coil voltages are  cumulative   but it is necessary to travel several times around the  armature and to   traverse half the total winding in order to trace the  path between the   positive and negative brush. The wave winding is best  suited for high   voltage low current ratings since it has only two  paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;123&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig15.gif&quot; width=&quot;125&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 15.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Wave Winding connected to commutator bars          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;255&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig16.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 16.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Simplex Wave Winding, Circular Form          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;186&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig17.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;Figure 17.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Simplex Wave Winding, Development Form       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Slots and Coils       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   number and size of slots depend upon the generator or motor    requirements. The slot has to be large enough to hold the correct number    of conductors but at the same time, the tooth has to be large enough   to  pass the necessary magnetic flux. Normally, in a simple winding,   there  are as many coils as there are slots. This means that each slot   contains  two coil sides, one side of each coil being at the top of a   slot and  the other at the bottom of a slot. Each coil may consist of   one or more  turns depending on the applied or generated voltage of the   unit. A  typical arrangement of coil sides and slots is shown in Figure   18. Solid  lines represent the front end connections to the commutator   and dotted  lines represent the back end connections.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Slot Pitch       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Slot   pitch refers to the number of slots spanned by each coil. For   example,  in Figure 18, the top of coil in slot 1 has its bottom in slot   4,  therefore, the slot pitch is 1-4 or 3. Since the top of the coil  is   directly under the north pole and the bottom is directly under the  south   pole, the winding is known as a full pitch winding. In many  cases, for   various reasons, the pitch is reduced to less than full  pitch. For   example, if the coils in Figure 6 spanned 2 slots instead  of three, the   winding would become a two-thirds pitch winding.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;250&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig18.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 18.&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
Coil Sides in Armature Slots          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Field Windings        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;The  field windings provide the excitation necessary to set  up the   magnetic fields in the machine. There are various types of  field   windings that can be used in the generator or motor circuit. In   addition  to the following field winding types, permanent magnet fields   are used  on some smaller DC products. See Figure 19 for winding types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;303&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig19a.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;Shunt Wound - DC Operation          &lt;br /&gt;
Typical Speed - Torque Curve          &lt;/div&gt;Shunt   wound motors, with the armature shunted across the field,  offer   relatively flat speed-torque characteristics. Combined with  inherently   controlled no-load speed, this provides good speed regulation  over  wide  load ranges. While the starting torque is comparatively lower   than the  other DC winding types, shunt wound motors offer simplified   control  for reversing service.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;299&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig19b.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;Compound Wound - DC Operation          &lt;br /&gt;
Typical Speed - Torque Curve          &lt;/div&gt;Compound   wound (stabilized shunt) motors utilize a field  winding in series  with  the armature in addition to the shunt field to  obtain a  compromise in  performance between a series and shunt type  motor. This  type offers a  combination of good starting torque and speed  stability.  Standard  compounding is about 12%. Heavier compounding of up  to 40 to  50% can be  supplied for special high starting torque  applications,  such as hoists  and cranes.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;303&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig19c.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;Series Wound - DC Operation          &lt;br /&gt;
Typical Speed - Torque Curve          &lt;/div&gt;Series   wound motors have the armature connected in series with  the field.   While it offers very high starting torque and good torque  output per   ampere, the series motor has poor speed regulation. Speed of  DC series   motors is generally limited to 5000 rpm and below. Series  motors  should  be avoided in applications where they are likely to lose  there  load  because of their tendency to &quot;run away&quot; under no-load  conditions.  These  are generally used on crane and hoist applications.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;303&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig19d.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;TOP&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;CENTER&quot;&gt;Permanent Magnet - DC Operation          &lt;br /&gt;
Typical Speed - Torque Curve          &lt;/div&gt;Permanent   magnet motors have no wound field and a conventional  wound armature   with commutator and brushes. This motor has excellent  starting torques,   with speed regulation not as good as compound motors.  However, the   speed regulation can be improved with various designs, with    corresponding lower rated torques for a given frame. Because of    permanent field, motor losses are less with better operating    efficiencies. These motors can be dynamically braked and reversed at    some low armature voltage (10%) but should not be plug reversed with    full armature voltage. Reversing current can be no higher than the    locked armature current.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 19.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Field Windings       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Separately Excited Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
When the field is connected to an external power source, it is a separately excited field.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Straight Shunt Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
This   winding is connected in parallel with the armature. Shunt  windings   usually consists of a large number of turns of small size wire.  This is   a good winding for reversing applications since it provides the  same   amount of torque in both directions. The torque/ current curve is    non-linear above full load. Shunt wound motors often have a rising speed    characteristic with increased load.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Series Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
This   winding is connected in series with the armature. A series  winding   usually consists of a small number of turns of large size wire.  With   this winding, the motor can produce high starting and overload  torque.   This design is not used for applications with light loads or no  load   conditions.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Compound Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
This   winding consists of a shunt winding and a series winding.  This is  also  known as compound excitation. The series winding can be  designed  as a  starting series only or as a start and run series.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Stabilized Shunt Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Like   the compound winding, this winding consists of a shunt  winding and a   series winding. The series or stabilizing winding has a  fewer number  of  turns than the series winding in a compound wound  machine. A   stabilizing winding is used to assures a speed droop with  overload. It   also adds to the torque in one direction of operation and  subtracts   from torque in the reverse direction of operation and in  regeneration.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Shunt Compensated Winding       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Shunt   compensated motors have a shunt winding and a pole face  series  winding  made up of large conductors placed in slots in the face  of the  main  field poles. The direction of current in the compensating   windings is  the opposite of the current in the armature conductors   passing under  the poles. The flux produced by the compensating windings   neutralizes  the flux of the armature conductors passing under the  poles  so that  distortion of air gap flux is minimized. Shunt  compensated  motors  maintain constant or set speed well at all loads,  no load through   overload. Unlike the stabilized shunt winding, the  pole face winding   adds to torque in both the forward and reverse  direction of rotation.   Shunt compensated windings, due to cost and  difficulty of construction,   are provided on large motors only, usually  840 frames and larger.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Commutation        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;The  maximum voltage from an armature winding can be  obtained when  the  brushes are in contact with those conductors, which  are midway  between  the poles. This will result in the greatest possible  number of   conductors cutting the magnetic lines in one direction  between a   positive and negative brush. This brush position is known as  the no  load  neutral position of the brushes. The current in a given  armature  coil  reverses in direction as the coil sides move from one  pole to  another of  opposite polarity, whereas the function of the  commutator  is to keep  the current unidirectional. This reversal of  current is  known as  commutation. The commutator acts as a switch to  keep the  current flowing  in one direction. However, the fast rate of  change in  direction of the  current in any given coil induces an  appreciable  voltage in that coil  which tends to keep the current  flowing in the  original direction.  Therefore, the current reversal is  delayed causing  an accelerated rate  of change near the end of the  commutation period.  This results in an arc  if the reversal is not  completed before the  brush breaks contact with  the coil involved. Any  arcing is detrimental  to the operation of the  machine and must be  counteracted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        &lt;span style=&quot;color: purple; font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Armature Reaction&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Since   the armature conductors carry current they set up a magnetic  field   which distorts or opposes the main field. This is called armature    reaction and is a function of the amount of load present. Figure 21    shows the MMF and flux wave shapes due to the armature reaction only;    and Figure 22 shows the combined effect of both. It can be seen that    armature reaction causes the flux to shift, thus tending to saturate one    pole tip. If this effect is appreciable, it can be detrimental to the    satisfactory performance of the machine. If severe enough, it may   result  in a flashover, which is the progressive arcing over successive   bars  until the arc extends from positive to negative brush, thus short    circuiting the machine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;212&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig20.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 20.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
MMF and Flux Wave Shape due to Main Field only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;182&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig21.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 21.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
MMF and Flux Wave Shape due to Armature Reaction only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;213&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig22.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 22.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Flux Wave Shape, combined effect       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Brush Shifting       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
One   method of reducing the arcing due to non-linear commutation is  to   shift the brushes away from the geometrical neutral position. Then    commutation will occur when the applicable coil is under the influence    of a weak magnetic field that will generate a voltage in the coil,  which   opposes the induced voltage due to current change. Therefore,  this new   voltage will assist rather than hinder the current reversal.  In a   generator, it is necessary to shift the brushes forward in the  direction   of rotation for good commutation. This is true because the  current  flow  through the conductors is in the same direction as the  voltage  and, it  commutation is delayed until the coil sides are under  the next  pole, it  will be assisted by the current reversing voltage.  In a motor,  it is  necessary to shift the brushes against the direction  of rotation  because  current flow is in opposition to the induced  voltage. The  amount of  shift necessary depends on the load so a given  shift will not  be  satisfactory for all loads. One effect of shifting  brushes is that a   demagnetization component of armature reaction is  introduced. In other   words, when the brushes are shifted, the armature  reaction will not  only  distort the main field flux but it will also  directly oppose the  main  field. This will result in a reduction of the  field flux. Another  effect  is that if the brushes are shifted far  enough, it is possible to  reduce  the number of effective turns because  there will be voltages in   opposition to each other between two  brushes.       &lt;br /&gt;
In  generators the demagnetization component of  armature reaction  would be  detrimental because there will be a  decrease in generated  voltage with  increase in load. However, in a  motor, the effect would be  beneficial  because the speed would tend to  remain constant.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Interpoles       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Another   method to combat the induced voltage caused by current  reversal is  the  use of interpoles. The interpoles are located at the  geometric  neutral  points midway between the main poles and provide  reversing  magnetic  field of proper strength and polarity. They eliminate  the  need for  brush shifting and, because of this, the demagnetization   effect of  armature reaction is eliminated. The interpole must have   sufficient  strength to overcome the armature reaction and provide a   reversing  field, therefore, it is connected in series with the armature   winding.  When the armature current is increased in the same  proportion.  In a  generator, the interpole must have the same polarity  as the next  pole  in the direction of rotation while in a motor the  interpole must  have  the same polarity as the last pole.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Generator Characteristics        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        No Load Saturation Curve       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
A   typical no load saturation curve is shown in Figure 23. This is    similar to the magnetization curve mentioned previously except that it    represents the entire magnetic circuit of a machine rather than one    particular magnetic material. Also, it has generator output voltage    plotted against field current rather than flux density against    magnetizing force. This can be done since generator voltage is directly    proportional to the field flux and the number of turns is fixed. There    is a different saturation curve for each speed. The lower straight  line   portion of the curve represents the air gap because the magnetic  parts   are not saturated. When the magnetic parts start to saturate,  the  curve  bends over until complete saturation is reached. Then the  curve  becomes a  straight line again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;525&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig23.gif&quot; width=&quot;476&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 23.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No Load Saturation Curve&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;252&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig23_1.gif&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 23.1&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
No Load Saturation Curve          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;0&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 476px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;390&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig23_2.gif&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;1&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/nav_elements/1pxltrn.gif&quot; width=&quot;10&quot; /&gt;         &lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Figure 23.2&lt;/b&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;
No Load Saturation Curve          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Generator Build Up       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generator   build up usually refers to the gradual rise in voltage  at the  armature  terminals when the machine is self-excited and operated  at  normal  speed. This is illustrated in Figure 25 by referring to the   field  resistance line which shows how the field current varies as field    voltage is varied. The slope of this line is the field resistance at a    constant temperature. The voltage rise starts with the residual    magnetism of the field iron. This provides a small voltage output E&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; that is fed back to the field as &lt;nobr&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/iota.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;.&lt;/nobr&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/iota.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; increases the flux providing a slightly larger voltage, E&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; . E&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; causes &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/iota.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;    to flow. This process continues until the machine starts to saturate    and stops at the point where the field resistance line intersects the    saturation curve. If the speed of the machine is reduced so that the    saturation curve becomes tangent to field resistance curve, the voltage    will not build up. This is known as the critical speed. Also, at any    given speed, if the field resistance is increased by addition of    external resistance, a critical resistance can be reached.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;640&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig25.gif&quot; width=&quot;526&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;Figure 25.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DC Motor Curves       &lt;br /&gt;
Voltage Output The voltage equation has been expressed as:        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;S. &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;However, this is the generated voltage and part of it   must be used  to overcome the IR drops in the machine, which are  caused  by the  resistance&#39;s of the armature, series field, interpoles,   brushes, etc. If  these resistance&#39;s are combined together and called   armature  resistance, then the voltage output at the generator terminals   can be  expressed as:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;V = E - I&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; R&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; - K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;S - I&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; R&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = generated voltage         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; = armature current &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;R&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; = armature circuit resistance &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; = machine constants &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;S = speed.          &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;External Characteristics       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
The   curve showing the relationship between output voltage and  output   current is known as the external characteristic. Shown in Figure  24 are   the external characteristic curves for generators with various  types   of excitation. If a generator, which is separately excited, is  driven   at constant speed and has a fixed field current, the output  voltage   will decrease with increased load current as shown. This  decrease is   due to the armature resistance and armature reaction  effects. If the   field flux remained constant, the generated voltage  would tend to   remain constant and the output voltage would be equal to  the generated   voltage minus the IR drop of the armature circuit.  However, the   demagnetizing component of armature reactions tends to  decrease the   flux, thus adding an additional factor, which decreases the  output   voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;529&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/mtdfig24.gif&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;              &lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Figure 24.&lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DC Generator Curves       &lt;br /&gt;
In   a shunt excited generator, it can be seen that the output  voltage   decreases faster than with separate excitation. This is due to  the fact   that, since the output voltage is reduced because of the  armature   reaction effect and armature IR drop, the field voltage is also  reduced   which further reduces the flux. It can also be seen that beyond  a   certain critical value, the shunt generator shows a reversal in trend    of current values with decreasing voltages. This point of maximum    current output is known as the breakdown point. At the short circuit    condition, the only flux available to produce current is the residual    magnetism of the armature.        &lt;br /&gt;
To build up the voltage on a   series generator, the external  circuit must be connected and its   resistance reduced to a comparatively  low value. Since the armature is   in series with the field, load current  must be flowing to obtain flux   in the field. As the voltage and current  rise the load resistance may   be increased to its normal value. As the  external characteristic curve   shows, the voltage output starts at zero,  reaches a peak, and then   falls back to zero.       &lt;br /&gt;
The combination of a shunt field and a   series field gives the best  external characteristic as illustrated in   Figure 24. The voltage drop,  which occurs in the shunt machine, is   compensated for by the voltage  rise, which occurs in the series   machine. The addition of a sufficient  number of series turns offsets   the armature IR drop and armature  reaction effect, resulting in a   flat-compound generator, which has a  nearly constant voltage. If more   series turns are added, the voltage may  rise with load and the machine   is known as an over-compound generator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Voltage Regulation       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Voltage   Regulation is the change in terminal voltage with the  change in load   current at constant speed. A generator has good  regulation if the   change in voltage between no load and full load is  small. If the change   is large, the regulation is poor. Expressed in  equation form:        &lt;br /&gt;
Percent Voltage Regulation = (E&lt;sub&gt;NL&lt;/sub&gt; - E&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt; ) / E&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt; x 100 or for some compound machines, Percent Voltage Regulation = (E&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt; - E&lt;sub&gt;NL&lt;/sub&gt; ) / E&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt; x 100        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;          Figure 24 shows that the regulation of a separately excited    machine is better than that of a shunt machine. However, the best    regulation is obtained with a compound machine. The series machine has    practically no regulation at all and, therefore, has little practical    application.       &lt;/i&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Motor Characteristics        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Motor Operation       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
As   previously stated, a conductor moving through a magnetic field  due to   the motor action also generates a voltage which is in opposition  to  the  applied voltage. This is the back EMF. Then for motor action the    voltage equation is:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;V = E + I&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; R&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; = K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;S + I&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; R&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;where:       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;V = applied or terminal voltage         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = back EMF         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;I&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; = armature current &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;R&lt;sub&gt;A&lt;/sub&gt; = armature circuit resistance&#39;s &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;K&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; = machine constants &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;          = flux per pole         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;S = speed         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;When comparing this equation with the voltage   equation of a  generator, it can be seen that in a generator the   generated voltage is  higher than the terminal voltage while in a motor   the opposite is true.  Therefore, as long as the generated voltage is   less than the terminal  voltage, a machine operates as a motor and takes   power from the  electrical side, but when the generated voltage  becomes  greater than the  terminal voltage, the machine becomes a  generator,  supplies electric  power, and requires mechanical energy to  keep  operating.       &lt;br /&gt;
The back or counter EMF acts as a control  for  the amount of  current needed for each mechanical load. When the   mechanical load is  increased, the first effect is a reduction in speed.   But a reduction in  speed also causes a reduction in back EMF, thus   making available an  increased voltage for current flow in the armature.   Therefore, the  current increases which in turn increases the torque.   Because of this  action, a very slight decrease in speed is sufficient   to meet the  increased torque demand. Also, the input power is  regulated  to the  amount required for supplying the motor losses and  output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Speed Torque Curves       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Speed   torque curves for the three forms of excitation are shown in  Figure  25.  In a shunt excited motor, the change in speed is slight and,    therefore, it is considered a constant speed motor. Also, the field    flux is nearly constant in a shunt motor and the torque varies almost    directly with armature current.       &lt;br /&gt;
In a series motor the drop   in speed with increased torque is much  greater. This is due to the  fact  that the field flux increases with  increased current, thus  tending to  prevent the reduction in back EMF  that is being caused by  the reduction  in speed. The field flux varies in  a series motor and  the torque  varies as the square of the armature  current until  saturation is  reached. Upon reaching saturation, the curve  tends to  approach the  straight line trend of the shunt motor. The no  load speed  of a series  motor is usually too high for safety and,  therefore, it  should never be  operated without sufficient load.       &lt;br /&gt;
A compound motor has a speed torque characteristic which lies between a shunt and series motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Speed Regulation       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Speed   regulation is the change in speed with the change in load  torque,   other conditions being constant. A motor has good regulation if  the   change between the no load speed and full load speed is small.       &lt;br /&gt;
Percent Speed Regulation = (S&lt;sub&gt;NL&lt;/sub&gt; - S&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt;) / S&lt;sub&gt;FL&lt;/sub&gt;    x 100 A shunt motor has good speed regulation while a series motor  has   poor speed regulation. For some applications such as cranes or  hoists,   the series motor has an advantage since it results in the more    deliberate movement of heavier loads. Also, the slowing down of the    series motor is better for heavy starting loads. However, for many    applications the shunt motor is preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Motor Starting       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
When   the armature is not rotating, the back EMF is zero and the  total   applied voltage is available for sending current through the  armature.   Since the armature resistance is low, an enormous current  would flow  if  voltage were applied under this condition. Therefore, it  is  necessary  to insert an additional resistance in series with the   armature until a  satisfactory speed is reached where the back EMF will   take over to  limit the current input.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h6 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Losses And Efficiency        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h6&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Friction and Windage       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
These   losses include bearing friction, brush friction, and  windage. They  are  also known as mechanical losses. They are constant at a  given  speed  but vary with changes in speed. Power losses due to  friction  increase  as the square of the speed and those due to windage  increase  as the  cube of the speed.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Armature Copper Losses       &lt;/b&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;
These are the I&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;   R losses of the armature circuit,  which includes the armature  winding,  commutator, and brushes. They vary  directly with the  resistance and as  the square of the currents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Field Copper Losses &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the I&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;    R losses of the field circuit which can include the shunt field    winding, series field winding, interpole windings and any shunts used in    connection with these windings. They vary directly with the  resistance   and as the square of the currents.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Core Losses       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
These   are the hysteresis and eddy current losses in the armature.  With the   continual change of direction of flux in the armature iron, an    expenditure of energy is required to carry the iron through a complete    hysteresis loop. This is the hysteresis loss. Also since the iron is a    conductor and revolving in a magnetic field, a voltage will be    generated. This, in turn, will result in small circulating currents    known as eddy currents. If a solid core were used for the armature, the    eddy current losses would be high. They are reduced by using thin    laminations, which are insulated from each other. Hysteresis and eddy    current losses vary with flux density and speed.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Efficiency       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
For   generations or motors, the efficiency is equal to the output  divided   by the input. However, in a generator, the input is mechanical  while   the output is electrical. In a motor the opposite is true,  therefore:          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Motor Efficiency = (Input - Losses) / Input         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Generator Efficiency = Output / (Output + Losses)         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h5 align=&quot;LEFT&quot; style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: large;&quot;&gt;Section 3: Horsepower Basics        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;In  18th century England, coal was feeding the industrial   revolution and  Thomas Newcomen invented a steam driven engine that was   used to pump  water from coal mines. It was a Scott however, by the name   of James  Watt, who in 1769 improved the steam engine making it truly   workable  and practical. In his attempt to sell his new steam engines,   the first  question coal mine owners asked was &quot;can your engine out work   one of  my horses?&quot; Watt didn&#39;t know since he didn&#39;t know how much work a    horse could do. To find out, Watt and his partner bought a few average    size horses and measured their work. They found that the average horse    worked at the rate of 22,000 foot pounds per minute. Watt decided, for    some unknown reason, to add 50% to this figure and rate the average    horse at 33,000 foot pounds per minute.       &lt;br /&gt;
What&#39;s important  is  that there is now a system in place for  measuring the rate of doing   work. And there is a unit of power,  horsepower.       &lt;br /&gt;
If steam   engines had been developed some place else in the world,  where the   horse was not the beast of burden, we might be rating motors  in oxen   power or camel power. Today, motors are also rated in Watts  output.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;hp = lb x fpm / 33,000         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;hp = ft-lb x rpm / 5,252         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;kW = hp x 0.7457         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;hp&lt;sub&gt;Metric&lt;/sub&gt; = hp x 1.0138 &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;Horsepower as defined by Watt, is the same for AC and DC motors, gasoline engines, dog sleds, etc.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;        Horsepower and Electric Motors       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Torque = force x radius = lb x ft = T         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Speed = rpm = N         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Constant = 5252 = C         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;HP = T x N / C         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;b&gt;        Torque and DC Motors       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;T = k &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;I&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;At overload, torque increases at some rate less than the increase in current due to saturation        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;D&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; L and Torque &lt;/b&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;258AT = 324 D&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; L &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;259AT = 378 D&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; L &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;With the same frame diameter, the 259AT has 17% more D&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; L and thus 17% more &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;and    17% more Torque. Motor torque increases with an increase in iron and    copper, combined with current. It can then be said that it takes iron    and copper to produce torque and torque makes products. Or to put it    another way, what you purchase to make product is TORQUE and that is    IRON and COPPER. The rate of doing work is power and HORSEPOWER is a    unit of power.        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Speed and DC Motors       &lt;/b&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;
Shunt wound DC motors       &lt;br /&gt;
With motor load, temperature and field current held constant, speed is controlled by armature voltage.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E = ((Z / a) x &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/phi.gif&quot; /&gt;x P x (N / 60) x 10&lt;sup&gt;-8&lt;/sup&gt; ) + (I R&lt;sub&gt;a&lt;/sub&gt; + I R&lt;sub&gt;ip&lt;/sub&gt; + I R&lt;sub&gt;b&lt;/sub&gt; ) &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;The sum of the voltage drop in the armature circuit can be represented as IR       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = (E - IR) / K         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;Speed example: given motor is design G6219, frame MC3212, 50 hp, 1150 rpm, 500 volt armature, 85 amps full load, 0.432        &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/omega.gif&quot; /&gt;       armature circuit resistance hot, 0.206        &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/omega.gif&quot; /&gt;       armature circuit resistance cold       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;6&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;E&lt;sub&gt;drop&lt;/sub&gt; = IR = 85 amp x 0.432 &lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; src=&quot;http://www.reliance.com/mtr/images/omega.gif&quot; /&gt;= 36.72 volts &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;500 v arm - 36.72 v drop = 463.28 working volts         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;Volts per rpm = 463.28 / 1150 rpm = 0.40285         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N&lt;sub&gt;base speed&lt;/sub&gt; = 1150 rpm = (500 v - 36.72 v) / 0.40285 &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;With 250 v on the armature, there is 213.28 working volts (250 - 36.72)         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;213.28 / 0.40285 = 529 rpm (not 1/2 speed, 575 rpm)         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;2&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = 529 rpm = (250 v - 36.72 v) / 0.40285         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;N = (E - IR) / &lt;span style=&quot;font-size: small;&quot;&gt;&lt;u&gt;K&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt; = (E - IR) / 0.40285 &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;K changes with changes in load and temperature         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;          &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;HP&lt;sub&gt;Metric&lt;/sub&gt; = HP x 1.0138 &lt;/td&gt;         &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;         &lt;td align=&quot;LEFT&quot; valign=&quot;MIDDLE&quot;&gt;kW = HP x 0.7457         &lt;/td&gt;        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright ©2007, Baldor Electric Company.&amp;nbsp; &lt;i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/i&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/4529701571635266309/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/acdc-motor-details.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4529701571635266309'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4529701571635266309'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/acdc-motor-details.html' title='AC/DC motor details.'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-6294344679962867274</id><published>2011-03-14T06:01:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T06:01:01.182-07:00</updated><title type='text'>A very nice basic tutorial for motors.</title><content type='html'>http://www.reliance.com/mtr/mtrthrmn.htm</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/6294344679962867274/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/very-nice-basic-tutorial-for-motors.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/6294344679962867274'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/6294344679962867274'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/very-nice-basic-tutorial-for-motors.html' title='A very nice basic tutorial for motors.'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-8765721347252897843</id><published>2011-03-14T05:58:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:58:45.596-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Overview of Motor Types Tutorial</title><content type='html'>http://www.oddparts.com/acsi/motortut.htm#AC_Motors</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/8765721347252897843/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/overview-of-motor-types-tutorial.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8765721347252897843'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8765721347252897843'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/overview-of-motor-types-tutorial.html' title='Overview of Motor Types Tutorial'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-1345298549369748503</id><published>2011-03-14T05:58:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:58:23.826-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Coolmagnetman. Motor experiment</title><content type='html'>http://www.coolmagnetman.com/magacmot.htm</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/1345298549369748503/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/coolmagnetman-motor-experiment.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/1345298549369748503'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/1345298549369748503'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/coolmagnetman-motor-experiment.html' title='Coolmagnetman. Motor experiment'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-7588643131375407235</id><published>2011-03-14T05:55:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:55:57.325-07:00</updated><title type='text'>PACONTROL TUTORIAL</title><content type='html'>PACONTROL IS THE SITES BY WHICH WE CAN GET A LOT OF INFORMATION ABOUT THE MOTOR CONTROL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the lnk for your reveiw.&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.pacontrol.com/Motor1.html&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.pacontrol.com/3phasemotors1.html&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.pacontrol.com/3phasemotors2.html&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.pacontrol.com/3phasemotors3.html</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/7588643131375407235/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pacontrol-tutorial.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7588643131375407235'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/7588643131375407235'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/pacontrol-tutorial.html' title='PACONTROL TUTORIAL'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-4816343428637358819</id><published>2011-03-14T05:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:48:31.819-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Adjustable speed drive</title><content type='html'>&lt;a class=&quot;txt12&quot; href=&quot;http://www.what-is-net.info/what-are-dc-servo-motors.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;What are DC Servo Motors?&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2064&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2350&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Tutorial-Motor-Basics-Lecture.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Tutorial Motor Basics Lecture&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt3&quot;&gt;Tutorial Motor Basics Lecture&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt5&quot;&gt;2.1MB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2065&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Tutorial-Motor-Basics-Lecture.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Tutorial Motor Basics Lecture&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Tutorial Motor Basics Lecture&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2351&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/pdf_icon.jpg&quot; /&gt; &lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2067&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2352&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Adjustable-Speed-Drives-Tutorial.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Adjustable Speed Drives Tutorial&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt3&quot;&gt;Adjustable Speed Drives Tutorial&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt5&quot;&gt;300kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2068&quot;&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2353&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/pdf_icon.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Adjustable Speed Drives Tutorial&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo1808&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/pdf_icon.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt3&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2353&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2353&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo2353&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Electric-Motor-Controls-Tutorial.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Electric Motor Controls Tutorial&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt3&quot;&gt;Electric Motor Controls Tutorial&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt5&quot;&gt;653kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2070&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id=&quot;Oobj2071&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Electric-Motor-Controls-Tutorial.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Electric Motor Controls Tutorial&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Electric Motor Controls Tutorial&quot; id=&quot;Ggeo1809&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/pdf_icon.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Electric-Motor-Controls-Tutorial.pdf&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; title=&quot;Electric Motor Controls Tutorial&quot;&gt; &lt;/a&gt; &lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/4816343428637358819/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/adjustable-speed-drive.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4816343428637358819'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/4816343428637358819'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/adjustable-speed-drive.html' title='Adjustable speed drive'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-8181108190539815800</id><published>2011-03-14T05:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:50:58.277-07:00</updated><title type='text'>A very good tutorial for motor is given below.</title><content type='html'>&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;The  venerable electric motor that was the muscle of the industrial  revolution is becoming the smart muscle of the computer-controlled plant  and commercial facility of the future. The advent of powerful, reliable  electronic drives is keeping motors in the forefront of this  technological evolution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electric motors have a tremendous impact on overall energy use. Between  30 to 40 percent of all fossil fuels burned are used to generate  electricity, and two-thirds of that electricity is converted by motors  into mechanical energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fundamentals of Energy Management series this month will focus on  topics that will allow facility managers and engineers at commercial and  industrial facilities to understand the basics of motors and drives.  This information will help them to select and implement strategies with  the goal of reducing motor and drive costs as well as decreasing  downtime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;AC Induction Motors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;AC induction motors are ideal for most  industrial and commercial applications because of their simple  construction and low number of parts, which reduce maintenance cost.  Induction motors are frequently used for both constant-speed and  adjustable speed drive (ASD) applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two basic parts of an induction motor are the stationary stator  located in the motor frame and the rotor that is free to rotate with the  motor shaft. Today&#39;s motor design and construction are highly refined.  For example, stator and rotor laminations have been designed to achieve  maximum magnetic density with minimum core losses and heating. The basic  simplicity of this design ensures high efficiency and makes them easily  adaptable to a variety of shapes and enclosures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A three-phase induction motor can best be understood by examining the  three-phase voltage source that powers the motor. Three-phase currents  flowing in the motor leads establish a rotating magnetic field in the  stator coils. This magnetic field continuously pulsates across the air  gap and into the rotor. As magnetic flux cuts across the rotor bars, a  voltage is induced in them, much as a voltage is induced in the  secondary winding of a transformer. Because the rotor bars are part of a  closed circuit (including the end rings), a current begins to circulate  in them. The rotor current in turn produces a magnetic field that  interacts with the magnetic field of the stator. Since this field is  rotating and magnetically interlocked with the rotor, the rotor is  dragged around with the stator field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is no mechanical load on the motor shaft (no-load condition),  the rotor almost manages to keep up with the synchronous speed of the  rotating magnetic field in the stator coils. Drag from bearing friction  and air resistance prevents perfect synchronicity. As the load increases  on the motor shaft, the actual speed of the rotor tends to fall further  behind the speed of the rotating magnetic field in the stator. This  difference in speed causes more magnetic lines to be cut, resulting in  more torque being developed in the rotor and delivered to the shaft  mechanical load. The rotor always turns at the exact speed necessary to  produce the torque required to meet the load placed on the motor shaft  at that moment in time. This is usually a dynamic situation, with the  motor shaft speed constantly changing slightly to accommodate minor  variations in load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rotor consists of copper or aluminum bars connected together at the  ends with heavy rings. The construction is similar to that of a squirrel  cage, a term often used to describe this type of ac induction motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rotating magnetic field in the stator coils, in addition to inducing  voltages in the rotor bars, also induces voltages in the stator and  rotor cores. The voltages in these cores cause small currents, called  eddy currents, to flow. The eddy currents serve no useful purpose and  result in wasted power. To keep these currents to a minimum, the stator  and rotor cores are made of thin steel discs called laminations. These  laminations are coated with insulating varnish and then edge welded  together to form a core. This type of core construction substantially  reduces eddy current losses, but does not entirely eliminate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By varying the design of the basic squirrel-cage motor, almost any  characteristic of speed, torque, and voltage can be controlled by the  designer. To standardize motor features the National Electrical  Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has established standards for a number  of motor features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speed of an ac induction motor depends on the frequency of the  supply voltage and the number of poles for which the motor is wound. The  term poles refers to the manner in which the stator coils are connected  to the three incoming power leads to create the desired rotating  magnetic field. Motors are always wound with an even number of poles.  The higher the input frequency, the faster the motor runs. The more  poles a motor has, the slower it runs at a given input frequency. The  synchronous speed of an ac induction motor is the speed at which the  stator magnetic flux rotates around the stator core at the air gap. At  60 Hz the following synchronous speeds are obtained:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Number of poles &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;RPM &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;2 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;3,600&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;4 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1,800&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;6 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1,200 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;8 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;900&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;10 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;720&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;12 &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;600&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Providing the motor is properly constructed, the output speed can be  doubled for a given number of poles by running an ASD supplying the  motor at an output frequency of 120 Hz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The actual speed of an induction motor rotor and shaft is always  somewhat less than its synchronous speed. The difference between the  synchronous and actual speed is called slip. If the rotor rotated as  fast as the stator magnetic field, the rotor conductor bars would appear  to be standing still with respect to the rotating field. There would be  no voltage induced in the rotor bars and no current would be set up to  produce torque.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Induction motors are made with slip ranging from less than 5% up to 20%.  A motor with a slip of 5% or less is known as a normal-slip motor. A  normal-slip motor is sometimes referred to as a &#39;constant speed&#39; motor  because the speed changes very little from no-load to full-load  conditions. A common four-pole motor with a synchronous speed of 1,800  rpm may have a no-load speed of 1,795 rpm and a full-load speed of 1,750  rpm. The rate-of-change of slip is approximately linear from 10% to  110% load, when all other factors such as temperature and voltage are  held constant. Motors with slip over 5% are used for hard to start  applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The direction of rotation of a poly-phase ac induction motor depends on  the connection of the stator leads to the power lines. Interchanging any  two input leads reverses rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;Torque and Horsepower&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;Torque and horsepower are two very  important characteristics that determine the size of the motor for a  particular application. Torque is the turning effort. For example,  suppose a grinding wheel with a crank arm one-foot long takes a force of  one pound to turn the wheel at steady rate. The torque required is one  pound times one foot or one foot-pound. If the crank is turned twice as  fast, the torque remains the same. Regardless of how fast the crank is  turned, the torque is unchanged as long as the crank is turned at a  steady speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horsepower takes into account how fast the crank is turned. Turning the  crank more rapidly takes more horsepower than turning the crank slowly.  Horsepower is the rate of doing work. By definition, one horsepower  equals 33,000 foot-pounds per minute. In other words, to lift a  33,000-pound load one foot in one minute would require one horsepower.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt5&quot;&gt;The discussion so far has only involved  torque at a steady speed. More effort is required to start a load than  to keep it going. An ac induction motor is built to supply the extra  torque needed to overcome the inertia of starting a load. The  speed-torque curve for a representative motor is shown in Figure 4 and  illustrates in this example that the starting torque is 210% of  rated-load torque.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt3&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;Motor Losses and Loss Reduction Techniques&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;The only way to improve motor efficiency is to  reduce motor losses. Since motor losses produce heat, reducing losses  not only saves energy directly but can also reduce cooling load on a  facility&#39;s air conditioning system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motor energy losses can be segregated into five major areas. Each area  is influenced by the motor manufacturer&#39;s design and construction  decisions. One design consideration, for example, is the size of the air  gap between the rotor and the stator. Large air gaps tend to maximize  efficiency at the expense of a lower power factor. Small air gaps  slightly compromise efficiency while significantly improving power  factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motor losses may be grouped as fixed or variable losses. Fixed losses  occur whenever the motor is energized and remain constant for any given  voltage and speed. Variable losses increase with an increase in motor  load. Core loss and friction windage losses are fixed. Variable losses  include stator- and rotor-resistance losses and stray load losses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;Motor Economics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;The  principal factors in energy-saving calculations are motor efficiency,  run hours (at a certain load), and the cost of electricity. When a motor  runs at nearly full load for many hours at a facility with high  electrical costs, the higher resulting savings will indicate the use of a  &#39;premium efficiency&#39; unit. In some cases, the savings may be great  enough to warrant taking a perfectly serviceable older motor off-line  and upgrading to a new, premium-efficiency model. For applications with  less than continuous use or at lower than full loading, upgrading a  working motor will usually not make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt5&quot;&gt;Some other application considerations:  The full-load speed of high-efficiency motors is usually somewhat higher  than standard efficiency models. When applied to centrifugal loads such  as pumps and fans, the higher speed can translate to an increased  horsepower requirement, and this can offset the anticipated energy  savings. The higher output speed may also increase overall output by  allowing a piece of machinery to finish its job faster. Results will  vary with the application. There are energy efficient motor designs that  can exhibit some unusual characteristics such as lower power factor and  higher locked rotor amperage; these must be considered when choosing a  motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt3&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;Adjustable Speed Drive Systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;Commercial and industrial firms today use  adjustable-speed drive (ASD) systems for a variety of applications. Most  common of these include standard pumps, fans, and blowers. Newer  applications include hoists and cranes, conveyors, machine tools, film  lines, extruders, and textile-fiber spinning machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many applications have unique demands and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drive vendors have responded to this demand by producing a variety of  drives. The combination of the many types of drives available and the  abundance of applications has made the selection of the optimum drive  for a given application a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New generation ASDs have evolved with advancements in solid-state  electronics. ASDs can now be applied to ac motors regardless of motor  horsepower or location within a facility and can be used to drive almost  all types of motorized equipment, from a small fan to the largest  extruder or machine tool. Commercial and industrial facilities can  expect to dramatically reduce both energy consumption and operating and  maintenance costs while offering improved operating conditions by using  new generation electronic ASDs. The latest generation of ASDs allows ac  induction motors to be just as controllable and efficient as their dc  counterparts were.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically a variety of terms have been used to describe a system that  permits a mechanical load to be driven at user-selected speeds. These  terms include, but are not limited to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt5&quot;&gt;Variable-Speed Drive&lt;br /&gt;
Variable-Frequency Drive&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustable-Frequency Drive&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustable-Speed Drive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;dfltt jalign txt5&quot;&gt;The term variable implies a change that  may or may not be under the control of the user. Adjustable is the  preferred term since this refers to a change directly under control of  the user. The term frequency can only be applied to drives with an ac  output, while the term speed is preferred since this includes both ac  and dc drives. Thus, the term most commonly accepted is Adjustable-Speed  Drive (ASD).&lt;span class=&quot;txt6&quot;&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;bold&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic ASD Components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Most ASD units consist of three basic parts. A  rectifier that converts the fixed frequency ac input voltage to dc. An  inverter that switches the rectified dc voltage to an adjustable  frequency ac output voltage. (The inverter may also control output  current flow, if desired.) The dc link connects the rectifier to the  inverter. A set of controls directs the rectifier and inverter to  produce the desired ac frequency and voltage to meet the needs of the  ASD system at any moment in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of ASDs do not stop with saving energy and improving  control. ASD technology can now be applied to manufacturing equipment  previously considered too expensive or uneconomical. Such applications  are often unique to a particular industry and its equipment, or even to a  particular facility. Cost benefits, such as those obtained from  improved quality, may be desirable for each application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/VSD_schema.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;98&quot; src=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/image/VSD_schema.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;txt4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: x-large;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pacontrol.com/download/Tutorial-Motor-Basics-Lecture.pdf&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: magenta;&quot;&gt;Tutorial Motor Basic lecture&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/8181108190539815800/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/very-good-tutorial-for-motor-is-given.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8181108190539815800'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8181108190539815800'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/very-good-tutorial-for-motor-is-given.html' title='A very good tutorial for motor is given below.'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-8080387880689723435</id><published>2011-03-14T05:43:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:43:21.218-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Power Distribution Courses</title><content type='html'>Power Distribution Courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/busway.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Busway&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/circuit_breakers.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Circuit Breakers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/load_centers.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Load Centers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/meter_mounting_equipment.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Meter Mounting Equipment&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/panelboards.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Panelboards&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/safety_switches.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Safety Switches&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/switchboards.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Switchboards&lt;/a&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/8080387880689723435/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/power-distribution-courses.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8080387880689723435'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/8080387880689723435'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/power-distribution-courses.html' title='Power Distribution Courses'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1670914932070042473.post-1484157464590802472</id><published>2011-03-14T05:41:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-03-14T05:41:27.073-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Courses"/><title type='text'>Useful material for Motors</title><content type='html'>Introductory Courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/electricity.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Electricity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/electrical_products.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Electrical Products&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motors &amp; Control Courses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/ac_motors.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of AC Motors&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/control_components.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Control Components&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/dc_drives.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of DC Drives&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/motor_control_centers.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of Motor Control Centers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    * &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.sea.siemens.com/step/pdfs/plcs.pdf&quot;&gt;Basics of PLCs&lt;/a&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/feeds/1484157464590802472/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/useful-material-for-motors.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/1484157464590802472'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1670914932070042473/posts/default/1484157464590802472'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://hsconntrol.blogspot.com/2011/03/useful-material-for-motors.html' title='Useful material for Motors'/><author><name>haisam</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04105940050910179970</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry></feed>